-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, BMKKbPje/DQalkZsOybUR+AoqQo6F6ZVc47lWRLGf16wLtWj4lbWkg2WfB12dmkB RXYu8vOM1oMBp+R8VqUIUg== 0001017062-98-000555.txt : 19980317 0001017062-98-000555.hdr.sgml : 19980317 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001017062-98-000555 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-4 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 7 FILED AS OF DATE: 19980316 SROS: NYSE FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: STANDARD PACIFIC CORP /DE/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000878560 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: OPERATIVE BUILDERS [1531] IRS NUMBER: 330475989 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-4 SEC ACT: SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-48019 FILM NUMBER: 98566484 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1565 W MACARTHUR BLVD CITY: COSTA MESA STATE: CA ZIP: 92626 BUSINESS PHONE: 7146684300 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1565 W MACARTHUR BLVD CITY: COSTA MESA STATE: CA ZIP: 92626 S-4 1 FORM S-4 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 16, 1998 REGISTRATION NO. 333- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 -------------- FORM S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 -------------- STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER) --------------
DELAWARE 1531 33-0475989 (STATE OF INCORPORATION) (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYEE CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
1565 WEST MACARTHUR BOULEVARD COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626 (714) 668-4300 (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) -------------- ARTHUR E. SVENDSEN CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. 1565 WEST MACARTHUR BOULEVARD COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626 (714) 668-4300 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE) WITH COPIES TO: CLAY A. HALVORSEN, ESQ. ROBERT K. MONTGOMERY, ESQ. VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. 2029 CENTURY PARK EAST 1565 WEST MACARTHUR BOULEVARD LOS ANGELES, CA 90067 COSTA MESA, CA 92626 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_] If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROPOSED PROPOSED AMOUNT MAXIMUM MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE REGISTRATION SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER UNIT OFFERING PRICE(1) FEE(1) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008..... $100,000,000 100% $100,000,000 $29,500 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A + +REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE + +SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY + +AN OFFER TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT + +BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR + +THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE + +SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE + +UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF + +ANY SUCH STATE. + ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 16, 1998 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [LOGO OF STANDARD PACIFIC CORP.] Standard Pacific Corp. Offer For All Outstanding 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 In Exchange For 8% Series A Senior Notes Due 2008 This Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998, unless extended - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Standard Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of its new 8% Series A Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for a like principal amount of its outstanding 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Old Notes"), which have not been so registered. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except for the absence of certain transfer restrictions relating to the Old Notes. The New Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Old Notes, and will be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the same Indenture (as defined) that governs the Old Notes. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998 unless extended (the "Expiration Date"). The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain other customary conditions. See "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The New Notes will mature on February 15, 2008. Interest on the New Notes will be payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 1998. The New Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 15, 2003 at the redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The New Notes will be, and the Old Notes currently are, senior unsecured obligations ranking pari passu with the Company's other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined), the Company is required to offer to repurchase all of the New Notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. In addition, the Company will, under certain circumstances, be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of the New Notes, and pay accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum Consolidated Net Worth (as defined) or in the event of certain asset sales. See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants." (Continued on the following page) ----------- SEE "RISK FACTORS" WHICH BEGINS ON PAGE 14 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS THAT HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES SHOULD CONSIDER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS EXCHANGE OFFER. ----------- THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. The date of this Prospectus is , 1998. As of December 31, 1997, the aggregate amount of senior indebtedness of the Company, after giving effect to the application of net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, would have been approximately $178.1 million (excluding indebtedness relating to discontinued operations, secured indebtedness, trade payables and the sale of the Old Notes). The New Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness, including trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries, which indebtedness totaled approximately $15.6 million at December 31, 1997 (excluding indebtedness relating to discontinued operations). Although the Indenture contains limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined), the Company and its subsidiaries could incur significant additional Indebtedness, including pari passu senior indebtedness. See "Capitalization" and "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants." The holder of each Old Note accepted for exchange will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from February 15, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes. The Old Notes were issued and sold on February 10, 1998 in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and may not be reoffered or resold in the United States unless so registered or pursuant to an applicable exemption under the Securities Act. The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined). Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") to third parties, the Company believes that a holder of Old Notes (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person who is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchanges Old Notes for New Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New Notes, will be allowed to resell the New Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the New Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose of the Exchange Offer" and "--Resales of the New Notes." However, a broker-dealer who holds Old Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the New Notes. For a period of 180 days from the Expiration Date, the Company will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." If any other holder is deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act or acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the New Notes, such holder must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. The Company will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes, the Company will promptly return the Old Notes to the holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer." There has been no public market for the Old Notes and no active public market for the New Notes is currently anticipated. The Company currently does not intend to apply for the listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. The Initial Purchasers (as defined) have advised the Company that each of the Initial Purchasers currently intends to make a market in the New Notes; however, none of the Initial Purchasers is obligated to do so and any market making may be discontinued by the Initial Purchasers at any time without notice. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity or the trading market for the New Notes. 2 AVAILABLE INFORMATION The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-4 (herein, together with all amendments and exhibits, referred to as the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes offered hereby. This Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements made in this Prospectus concerning the provisions of certain documents are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such document, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for a more complete description thereof, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the Commission. The Registration Statement and such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following Regional offices of the Commission: New York Regional office, Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and Chicago Regional office, Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, 14th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60601. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission also maintains an Internet Web Site at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information. In addition, the reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Company may be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") upon which the Common Stock of the Company is traded. INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE The following documents have been filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act and are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Prospectus: 1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the Exchange Offer contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement contained in a document incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for all purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus. THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST, WITHOUT CHARGE, FROM CLAY A. HALVORSEN, SECRETARY, STANDARD PACIFIC CORP., 1565 WEST MACARTHUR BOULEVARD, COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626, (TELEPHONE NO. (714) 668-4300). IN ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY , 1998. 3 SUMMARY This summary is qualified in its entirety by the detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus. THE COMPANY Standard Pacific Corp. (the "Company") designs, constructs and sells high quality, single-family homes targeted primarily to the move-up buyer. The Company is a leading builder in California where it has operated for over 30 years and also has established operations in Texas. The Company is geographically diversified in these markets with operations in Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura Counties in southern California, in the San Francisco Bay area of northern California and in Houston, Dallas and Austin, Texas. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company had revenues and EBITDA (as defined) of $584.6 million and $67.5 million, respectively. The Company believes it is well-positioned to continue benefiting from the recovery in the California housing market as a result of its strong land position and local market knowledge. California is the third largest housing market in the United States and is the largest, and one of the most diversified, states in terms of economic activity. Employment growth historically has been an indicator for the economy and housing demand. For the years ended 1996 and 1997, California non-farm employment increased 2.8 percent in each year, compared with 2.1 percent and 2.7 percent increases in the United States during the same periods. Single-family building permits issued in California in the fourth quarter of 1997 are estimated to have totaled approximately 22,000, a 33 percent increase from the approximately 16,500 permits issued in the same period in 1996. The improving California economy has resulted in increased demand for the Company's homes. During 1997, the Company's deliveries of homes increased 20 percent to 1,946 units and its revenues increased 46 percent to $584.6 million. In addition, at December 31, 1997, the Company's backlog was 566 units, or $191.7 million, compared to 485 units, or $168.7 million, at December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its long history of building high quality homes in California and Texas and its conservative operating strategy have enabled the Company to successfully weather cyclical downturns and position the Company to continue to capitalize on the improving California market. The main elements of the Company's strategy include: Focus on Broad Move-Up Market. The Company concentrates on the construction of single-family homes for use as primary residences by move-up buyers. The Company believes that the market for primary residences is more resistant to economic downturns than the market for second or vacation homes. The average selling price of the Company's homes over the year ended December 31, 1997 was approximately $307,000. Currently, the Company expects to concentrate its efforts on acquiring land that is suitable for the construction and sale of homes generally in the price range of $150,000 to $400,000, which represents a broad market segment in the Company's market areas. The Company also constructs and sells homes in the $400,000 to $800,000 price range in certain of its California markets. Reputation for High Quality, Single-Family Homes. The Company believes that it has an established reputation for providing high quality homes. The Company prides itself on its ability to design unique and attractive homes and provide its customers with a wide selection of options. The Company believes that its long history of providing high quality homes has resulted in many repeat buyers and word-of-mouth sales. The Company also uses extensive marketing to sell its homes, and its homes are generally sold by its own staff of sales personnel through the use of model homes which are usually maintained at each project site. The Company also makes extensive use of advertisements in local newspapers, illustrated brochures, billboards and on-site displays. 4 Conservative Operating Strategy. The Company customarily acquires unimproved land zoned for residential use which appears suitable for the construction of 50 to 300 homes in increments of 10 to 30 homes. The Company generally purchases land only when it projects commencement of construction within a relatively short time period. The number of homes built in the first increment of a project is based upon internal market studies. The timing and size of subsequent increments depend to a large extent upon sales rates experienced in the earlier increments. By developing projects in increments, the Company has been able to respond to local market conditions and control the number of its completed and unsold homes. Additionally, an increasing percentage of the Company's lots are controlled through joint ventures. The Company uses joint ventures for certain land development projects that have long lead times or are of significant size requiring substantial capital investments. Strong Land Position. The Company has been operating in California for over 30 years and has established an excellent reputation with land owners. The Company believes that its long standing relationships with land owners and developers in California give the Company a competitive edge in securing quality land positions at competitive prices. In order to ensure an adequate supply of land for future homebuilding activities, the Company generally attempts to maintain an inventory of building sites sufficient for construction of homes over a period of approximately three to five years. The Company believes that its 9,016 owned or controlled building sites at December 31, 1997, in addition to any land sites for which the Company may enter into negotiations, will be sufficient for its operations over this period. Geographic Diversification. The Company has focused its California homebuilding activities in Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura Counties in southern California, and in the San Francisco Bay area of northern California. Additionally, the Company has projects in the Houston, Dallas and Austin markets in Texas. The Company's policy of diversifying among different geographic areas has enabled it to reduce the impact of adverse local economic conditions. Additionally, the Company believes that it has significant opportunities to expand in its existing markets and to enter new geographic markets. Control of Overhead and Operating Expenses. Throughout its history, the Company has sought to minimize overhead expenses in order to be more flexible in responding to the cyclical nature of its business. The Company strives to control its overhead costs by centralizing certain of its administrative functions and by limiting the number of middle level management positions. Experienced Management and Decentralized Operations. The Company's senior corporate and division operating managers average over 20 years of experience in the homebuilding business. Each division is run by a local manager. One of the essential criteria in the selection of a divisional manager is the individual's in-depth familiarity with the geographic areas within which the division operates. The decisions regarding selection of parcels of land for purchase and development are made in conjunction with the officers of the Company, and thereafter, each manager conducts the operations of the division relatively autonomously as a separate profit center. ---------------- The Company's principal executive offices are located at 1565 West MacArthur Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626, and its telephone number is (714) 668- 4300. 5 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Disposition of Panel Concepts. In December 1997, the Company completed the sale of Panel Concepts, Inc. ("Panel Concepts"), the Company's former office furniture systems subsidiary, to HON Industries, Inc., a national furniture manufacturer, for a cash sales price of approximately $9.5 million, after distribution of certain non-operating assets to the Company totaling approximately $9 million. Panel Concepts has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of its operations have been segregated in the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The disposition of Panel Concepts represents an important step in the Company's long-term strategy of focusing on its core homebuilding business. Disposition of Standard Pacific Savings. In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a plan of disposition for the Company's savings and loan subsidiary, Standard Pacific Savings, F.A. ("Savings"). Pursuant to the plan, the Company sold substantially all of Savings' mortgage loan portfolio in June 1997. The Company also entered into a definitive agreement to sell the remainder of Savings' business, including Savings' charter. The definitive agreement was subject to a number of conditions, including approval of the transaction by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). As a result of the failure of the OTS to approve the transaction prior to the definitive agreement's termination date, the definitive agreement terminated on January 31, 1998. The Company plans to continue pursuing a disposition strategy with respect to Savings and, therefore, Savings has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of its operations have been segregated in the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Savings has not offered mortgage financing to the Company's home buyers since July 1994, and the sale of Savings is not expected to have any impact on sales of the Company's homes. Management currently estimates that both the disposition of Savings under the plan and the operating results of Savings for the period through the disposition will not result in a significant gain or loss to the Company. Acquisition of Duc Development Company. On September 30, 1997, the Company acquired Duc Development Company ("Duc"), a privately held northern California homebuilder, for cash consideration of approximately $16 million which includes $5 million of contingent consideration which is to be paid upon the Company obtaining entitlement improvements on a certain parcel of land. In addition, the Company acquired certain other real estate assets related to Duc's operations for approximately $55 million in cash, funded from the Company's Revolving Credit Facility (as defined), and the assumption of $8 million of debt. The Duc acquisition added over 1,400 single family lots and 12 new projects to the Company's operations, increasing the Company's lot position to over 3,000 home sites strategically located in the San Francisco Bay area real estate market. The acquisition also created an additional bay area division office and expanded the Company's operations into two new counties, San Benito and Monterey. Deliveries from the acquisition are expected to have a positive impact on deliveries by the northern California division beginning in the latter half of 1998. Proposed Acquisition of The Olson Company. The Company recently entered into a non-binding letter of intent to acquire The Olson Company, a leading southern California urban in-fill homebuilder, for proposed consideration consisting of the issuance of 942,723 shares of the Company's common stock and the grant of options to acquire an additional 360,296 shares of the Company's common stock. The proposed acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to develop a leading presence in a complementary and growing homebuilding market segment. If completed, it is expected that the acquisition would be accounted for as a pooling of interests. This transaction is subject to customary conditions, including execution of a definitive acquisition agreement and satisfactory completion of the Company's due diligence examination. No assurances can be given that the transaction will be consummated. Family Lending Services, Inc. The Company recently formed Family Lending Services, Inc. ("Family Lending Services"), which will operate as a mortgage banking subsidiary of the Company, offering mortgage financing to the Company's home buyers and others. Family Lending Services is in the process of obtaining required regulatory approvals and mortgage warehouse financing and is currently expected to begin offering mortgage financing to home buyers in the second quarter of 1998. 6 THE OLD NOTES OFFERING Old Notes..................... The Old Notes were sold by the Company (the "Old Notes Offering") on February 10, 1998 (the "Original Issue Date") to SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Initial Purchasers") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated February 5, 1998 (the "Purchase Agreement"). The Initial Purchasers subsequently reoffered the Old Notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States to foreign purchasers in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. Registration Rights Agree- ment.......................... Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Initial Purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), which grants the holders of the Old Notes certain exchange and registration rights. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy such exchange rights, which terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. THE EXCHANGE OFFER Notes Offered................. Up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008 (the "New Notes"). The Exchange Offer............ The New Notes are being offered in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company's Old Notes. Old Notes may be exchanged only in integral multiples of $1,000. The issuance of the New Notes is intended to satisfy the obligations of the Company under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Expiration Date............... 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998, unless the Exchange Offer is extended, in which case the term "Expiration Date" means the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. Withdrawal Rights............. Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Accrued Interest on the New Notes and the Old Notes....... The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from February 10, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes. Old Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange will continue to accrue interest after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Conditions to the Exchange Offer......................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions, which may be waived by the Company. See "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." 7 Procedures for Tendering Old Notes......................... Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance with the instructions contained herein and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with the Old Notes and any other required documentation to the Exchange Agent (as defined) at the address set forth herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the holder nor any such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes and that neither the holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose of the Exchange Offer" and "--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes." Special Procedures for Bene- ficial Owners................. Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are beneficially registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. Guaranteed Delivery Proce- dures......................... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes and whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent (or comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer) prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer-- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Untendered Old Notes; Conse- quences of Failure to Ex- change ....................... Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes who do not tender their Old Notes will not have any further exchange rights and such Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such Old Notes could be adversely affected. The Old Notes that are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes may be resold only (i) to the Company, (ii) pursuant to 8 Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption under the Securities Act, (iii) outside the United States to a foreign person pursuant to the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Failure to Exchange." Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of New Notes....... The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes which are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly after the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Old Notes." Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations.............. The Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations." Federal and State Regulatory Requirements..... Other than compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be met prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer. Rights of Dissenting Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal Holders..................... or dissenting rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer." Use of Proceeds............. There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from exchanges made pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Exchange Agent.............. United States Trust Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent"). CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, holders of the Old Notes (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) any holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer generally may offer such New Notes for resale, resell such New Notes and otherwise transfer such New Notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder's business and such holder has no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of such New Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and the conditions thereto have been met. The Company has agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to certain specified limitations therein, to 9 register or qualify the New Notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder of the Old Notes reasonably requests in writing. If a holder of Old Notes does not exchange such Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose of the Exchange Offer" and "--Resales of the New Notes." TERMS OF THE NEW NOTES General....................... The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes except that (i) the New Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and (ii) the holders of New Notes will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of Old Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, which rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer is consummated. See "The Exchange Offer-- Purpose of the Exchange Offer." The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes (which they replace) and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See "Description of the New Notes." Interest Payment Dates........ February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 1998. Maturity Date................. February 15, 2008. Optional Redemption........... The New Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 15, 2003 at the redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. See "Description of the New Notes--Optional Redemption." Offer to Purchase............. In the event of a Change of Control, the Company is required to offer to repurchase all of the New Notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. See "Description of the New Notes--Change of Control." In addition, the Company will, under certain circumstances, be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of the New Notes in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum Consolidated Net Worth or in the event of certain asset sales. See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants-- Maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth" and "-- Limitation on Asset Sales." Ranking....................... The New Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu with the Company's other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. As of December 31, 1997, the aggregate amount of senior indebtedness of the Company, 10 after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, would have been approximately $178.1 million (excluding indebtedness relating to discontinued operations, secured indebtedness, trade payables and sale of the Old Notes). The New Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness, including trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries, which indebtedness totaled approximately $15.6 million at December 31, 1997 (excluding indebtedness relating to discontinued operations). See "Capitalization" and "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants." Certain Covenants............. The Indenture pursuant to which the New Notes will be issued imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make Restricted Payments (as defined), (iv) sell assets, (v) engage in transactions with Affiliates (as defined) and (vi) permit certain restrictions on distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants." Absence of a Public Market for the New Notes ............ There has been no public market for the Old Notes and no active public market for the New Notes is currently anticipated. The Company currently does not intend to apply for the listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that each of the Initial Purchasers currently intends to make a market in the New Notes; however, none of the Initial Purchasers is obligated to do so and any market making may be discontinued by the Initial Purchasers at any time without notice. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity or the trading market for the New Notes. Risk Factors.................. See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered by holders of the Old Notes. 11 SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA The Summary Financial and Other Data set forth below have been derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial data for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The Summary Financial and Other Data are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 -------- -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE SELLING PRICES) INCOME STATEMENT DATA Revenues....................................... $584,571 $399,863 $346,263 Cost of sales(1)............................... 490,876 348,066 307,794 Non-cash charge for impairment of long-lived assets(2)..................................... -- -- 46,491 -------- -------- -------- Gross margin.................................. 93,695 51,797 (8,022) -------- -------- -------- Selling, general and administrative ex- penses(1)..................................... 52,141 37,351 34,873 Income from unconsolidated joint ventures...... 3,787 4,708 6,953 Interest expense............................... 4,981 7,142 1,860 Amortization of excess of cost over net assets acquired...................................... 245 -- -- Other income................................... 931 936 555 -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes.......................... 41,046 12,948 (37,247) (Provision) benefit for income taxes.......... (17,070) (5,197) 14,890 -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) from continuing operations(3).... 23,976 7,751 (22,357) Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(3)............................ 48 642 (5,006) Gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes(3)............................ 3,302 -- -- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss).............................. $ 27,326 $ 8,393 $(27,363) ======== ======== ======== SELECTED OPERATING DATA New homes delivered: California..................................... 1,477 1,131 942 Texas.......................................... 402 338 299 Joint ventures (California).................... 67 154 195 -------- -------- -------- Total.......................................... 1,946 1,623 1,436 ======== ======== ======== Net new orders: California..................................... 1,599 1,458 1,145 Texas.......................................... 428 340 335 -------- -------- -------- Total.......................................... 2,027 1,798 1,480 ======== ======== ======== Backlog at year end (in units).................. 566 485 312 Backlog at year end (in dollars)................ $191,682 $168,674 $ 77,945 Active selling communities at year end.......... 51 53 49 Average selling price: California deliveries (excluding joint ven- tures)........................................ $337,649 $292,007 $308,383 Texas deliveries............................... $195,631 $185,622 $180,058 Combined (excluding joint ventures)............ $307,265 $267,529 $277,465 Combined (including joint ventures)............ $309,239 $261,681 $271,936
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 OTHER DATA ------- ------- ------- Gross margin percentage(4).......................... 16.0% 13.0% 11.1% EBITDA(5)........................................... $67,498 $40,807 $38,020 EBITDA margin percentage............................ 11.5% 10.2% 11.0% Interest incurred(6)................................ $17,026 $16,687 $19,200
12
AT DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 BALANCE SHEET DATA -------- -------- -------- Real estate inventories............................ $451,848 $372,645 $367,676 Total assets(3).................................... 547,665 449,114 444,603 Total debt(3)...................................... 214,305 161,767 163,354 Stockholders' equity............................... 283,778 260,389 257,926
- -------- (1) Effective January 1, 1997, the Company changed its presentation of selling costs in its consolidated statements of operations whereby selling costs are now combined with general and administrative expenses. This presentation is consistent with industry practice. Previously, the Company included these costs as a component of cost of sales. The Company reclassified the prior period amounts to conform with the 1997 presentation. (2) Reflects the adoption by the Company, effective December 31, 1995, of the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 ("FAS 121"). Prior to December 31, 1995, each real estate project was carried at the lower of its costs or its estimated net realizable value. FAS 121 changed the method of valuing long-lived assets, including real estate inventories, whereby long- lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations are to be carried at the lower of cost, or, if impaired, the fair value of the asset, rather than net realizable value. (3) In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a plan for the disposition of the Company's savings and loan subsidiary. In December 1997, the Company completed the sale of Panel Concepts. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for the savings and loan subsidiary and office furniture systems subsidiary as discontinued operations. See Note 12 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and "--Recent Developments" above. (4) The 1995 gross margin percentage excludes the $46.5 million non-cash charge for the adoption of FAS 121. (5) EBITDA means earnings (loss) before taxes and discontinued operations and before (i) interest expensed, (ii) amortization of capitalized interest included in cost of sales, (iii) income from unconsolidated joint ventures, (iv) depreciation and amortization and (v) impairment charges of $46.5 million for 1995 related to real estate inventories, and includes income distributions from unconsolidated joint ventures. EBITDA is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's availability to service debt. However, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to operating income or to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and should not be construed as an indication of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of liquidity. (6) Interest incurred represents interest expensed and interest capitalized for the applicable periods and excludes interest attributable to discontinued operations. 13 STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING DISCLOSURE This Prospectus contains "forward looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which represent the Company's expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including, but not limited to, the following: statements regarding the price range of future homes constructed by the Company; statements regarding the inventory turn ratio and carrying costs on newer projects; statements regarding the future home deliveries and income from the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures; statements regarding the impact of the Duc acquisition or the proposed acquisition of The Olson Company; statements regarding a favorable mortgage interest rate environment and an improving California economic climate; statements regarding recovery in the San Diego housing market; statements regarding the backlog of homes; statements regarding the adequacy of the Company's inventory of building sites; statements regarding the availability of building sites for purchase from joint ventures; statements regarding the time typically required to complete the construction phase of an increment of a project; statements regarding the sufficiency of the Company's cash provided by internally generated funds and outside borrowings; statements regarding future net new orders; statements regarding new model home complexes to be opened by the Company during 1998; statements regarding the gain or loss to be recognized by the Company from the planned disposition of Savings and the operating results of Savings for the period through disposition; statements regarding the future operations of Family Lending Services; statements regarding expected Year 2000 compliance and the anticipated impact of the Year 2000 issue on the Company's business operations and financial performance; statements regarding the intended use of proceeds of the Company's offering of its 8% Senior Notes; and statements regarding the expected impact of the adoption of accounting statements on the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company cautions that these statements are further qualified by important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward looking statements, including, without limitation, the following: change in the demand for new homes attributable to the cyclical and competitive nature of the homebuilding business; changes in general economic conditions; uncertainty in or changes in the continued availability of suitable undeveloped land at reasonable prices; adverse local market conditions; existing and changing governmental regulations, including regulations concerning environmental matters, the permitting process for home construction, savings and loan institutions and mortgage banking; increases in prevailing interest rates; the level of real estate taxes and energy costs; the cost and availability of materials and labor; the availability of construction financing and home mortgage financing attractive to the purchasers of homes; and inclement weather and other natural disasters. Results actually achieved thus may differ materially from expected results included in these and any other forward looking statements contained herein. RISK FACTORS Prospective investors should carefully consider the specific factors set forth below as well as the other information included in this Prospectus before tendering Old Notes in exchange for the New Notes offered hereby. LAND ACQUISITION AND INVENTORY RISKS The development, construction and sale of homes are subject to various risks including, among other things, the continued availability of suitable undeveloped land at reasonable prices and adverse local market conditions resulting from changes in economic conditions or competitive over-building. In the early 1990's and as a result of the national and California recessions which began in 1990, the Company recorded aggregate writedowns of approximately $8.8 million on several of the Company's California projects to value the remaining homes in these projects at estimated net realizable values in order to provide for reserves to cover potential price concessions. At December 31, 1995, and as a result of continued adverse trends experienced in some of the Company's markets, particularly in San Diego, coupled with the adoption of FAS 121, the Company recorded a $46.5 million noncash pretax charge against operations. FAS 121 required a change in the method of valuing long-lived assets, including assets such as the Company's real estate holdings. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 14 Although the Company believes that it has acquired a sufficient number of lots to provide for its home construction activities for the near term, no assurances can be given that the Company will be able to sell the homes it produces on a profitable basis. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND INTEREST RATES The Company's business is highly cyclical and is affected by national, world and local economic conditions and events and the effect such conditions and events have on the markets it serves in California and Texas and in particular by the level of mortgage interest rates and consumer confidence in those regions. The Company cannot predict whether interest rates will be at levels attractive to prospective homebuyers. If interest rates increase, and in particular mortgage interest rates, the Company's operating results could be adversely impacted. The recent downturn and continued uncertainty in Asian financial markets, including the devaluation of various Asian currencies, could have an adverse impact on the California and Texas economies and the demand for homes in those states. DEPENDENCE ON CALIFORNIA MARKET The Company presently conducts most of its business in California. There have been periods of time in California where economic growth has slowed and the average sales price of homes in certain areas in California in which the Company does business have declined. There can be no assurance that home sales prices will not decline in the future. In past years, several cities and counties in California in which the Company has delivered a significant number of homes have approved the inclusion of "slow growth" initiatives and other election ballot measures which could impact the affordability and availability of homes and land within those localities. Although some of these initiatives have been defeated, the Company believes that if, in the future, similar initiatives are introduced and approved, future residential construction by the Company could be negatively impacted. LEVERAGE; POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF INDEBTEDNESS ON FUTURE OPERATIONS As of December 31, 1997, after giving effect to the Old Notes Offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the outstanding consolidated indebtedness of the Company would have been $283.4 million (excluding discontinued operations) and the Company would have had stockholders' equity of $283.8 million. In addition, subject to the restrictions in the Indenture, the Company may incur additional indebtedness in the future, some of which may be secured. The Old Notes and New Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness, including trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries, which indebtedness totaled approximately $15.6 million at December 31, 1997, without regard to approximately $18.8 million of indebtedness (exclusive of Savings' deposit liabilities) relating to discontinued operations. The Company's ability to make required debt service payments in the future will be dependent upon the Company's operating results, which are subject to financial, economic and other factors affecting the Company that are beyond its control. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to make required debt service payments. If the Company is at any time unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service its debt, it may be required to seek refinancing for all or a portion of that debt or to obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to the Company. The Company's unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") and senior debt instruments contain financial covenants with which the Company currently is in compliance. Significant losses could result in the violation of one or more of these covenants which could result in the unavailability of the liquidity provided by the Revolving Credit Facility. CHANGE OF CONTROL Upon a Change of Control, the Company will be required to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding New Notes at 101 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of 15 repurchase. There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds available or will be permitted by its other debt agreements to repurchase the New Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. In addition, a Change of Control may require the Company to offer to repurchase other outstanding indebtedness and may cause a default under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility. The inability to repurchase all of the tendered New Notes would constitute an Event of Default (as defined) under the Indenture. The Change in Control purchase feature of the New Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. See "Description of the New Notes-- Change of Control." COMPETITION The homebuilding industry is highly competitive, with homebuilders competing for customers, desirable properties, financing, raw materials and skilled labor. In each of the areas in which it operates, the Company competes in terms of location, design, quality, price and available mortgage financing with numerous other residential construction firms, including large national and regional firms, some of which have greater financial resources than the Company. In addition, the Company competes with resales of existing residential housing by individuals, financial institutions and others. The Company also competes with rental properties in certain markets. REGULATORY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The housing industry is subject to environmental, building, worker health and safety, zoning and real estate regulations by various Federal, state and local authorities. The environmental laws that apply to a given homebuilding site depend upon the site's location, its environmental condition and the present and former uses of the site, as well as adjoining properties. Environmental laws and conditions may result in delays, may cause the Company to incur substantial compliance and other costs, and can prohibit or severely restrict homebuilding activity in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas. In addition, certain new developments, particularly in southern California, are subject to various assessments for schools, parks, streets and highways and other public improvements, the costs of which can be substantial. By raising the price of the Company's homes to its customers, an increase in such assessments could have a negative impact on the Company's sales. In developing a project, the Company must obtain the approval of numerous governmental authorities regulating such matters as permitted land uses and levels of density, the installation of utility services, such as water and waste disposal, and the dedication of acreage for open space, parks, schools and other community purposes. Furthermore, changes in prevailing local circumstances or applicable law may require additional approvals or modifications of approvals previously obtained, including environmental, zoning and other entitlement issues and may cause delays in the development process. Prior to acquiring a parcel of land, the Company may utilize deposit arrangements which allow the Company ample time to perform proper diligence and investigate and resolve necessary issues. RISK OF MATERIAL AND LABOR SHORTAGES The Company is not presently experiencing any serious material or labor shortages; however, the residential construction industry in the past has, from time to time, experienced serious material and labor shortages, including shortages in insulation, drywall, certain carpentry work and cement and fluctuating lumber prices and supply. Delays in construction of homes and higher costs due to these shortages could have an adverse effect upon the Company's operations. NATURAL RISKS Climatic conditions, such as unusually heavy or prolonged rain, including "El Nino" conditions, or other natural disasters such as earthquakes or fires, may affect operations in certain areas. In addition, the state of California has periodically experienced drought conditions resulting in water conservation measures and in some cases rationing by local municipalities in which the Company does business. Restrictions by governmental agencies on future construction activity as a result of limited water supplies could have an adverse effect upon the Company's operations. 16 LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR NEW NOTES; LIMITED LIQUIDITY There is currently no established market for the New Notes and there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the New Notes, the ability of holders of the New Notes to sell their New Notes or the price at which such holders would be able to sell their New Notes. If such markets were to exist, the New Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than the initial market values thereof depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates and the markets for similar securities. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market. The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation through any automated quotation system. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently intend to make a market in the Old Notes, and, if issued, the New Notes. However, none of the Initial Purchasers is obligated to do so, and any market-making with respect to the Old Notes or the New Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market-making activity may be limited during the pendency of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will not be conditioned upon any minimum or maximum aggregate principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the New Notes, or, in the case of non-tendering holders of Old Notes, the trading market for the Old Notes following the Exchange Offer. See "Plan of Distribution." THE EXCHANGE OFFER PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER The Exchange Offer is designed to provide holders of Old Notes with an opportunity to acquire New Notes which, unlike the Old Notes, will be freely tradable at all times, subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by state "blue sky" laws and provided that the holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and represents that the New Notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in a distribution of the New Notes. The outstanding Old Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $100 million were originally issued and sold on February 10, 1998 (the "Original Issue Date"). The original sale to the Initial Purchasers was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and the concurrent resale of the Old Notes to investors was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and outside the United States to foreign purchasers in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold or transferred other than pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act or unless an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. Pursuant to Rule 144, Old Notes may generally be resold (a) commencing one year after the Original Issue Date, in an amount up to, for any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the Old Notes then outstanding or the average weekly trading volume of the Old Notes during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the filing of the required notice of sale with the Commission and (b) commencing two years after the Original Issue Date, in any amount and otherwise without restriction by a holder who is not, and has not been for the preceding 90 days, an affiliate of the Company. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market, and may be resold to certain qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A. Certain other exemptions may also be available under other provisions of the federal securities laws for the resale of the Old Notes. The staff of the Commission has issued certain interpretive letters that concluded, in circumstances similar to those contemplated by the Exchange Offer, that new debt securities issued in a registered exchange for outstanding debt securities, which new securities are intended to be substantially identical to the securities for which they are exchanged, may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchases such securities from the issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person who is an affiliate of the issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provision of the Securities Act, provided that the new securities are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the 17 new securities. However, a broker-dealer who holds outstanding debt securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the new securities received by the broker-dealer in any such exchange. See "--Resales of the New Notes." The Company has not requested or obtained an interpretive letter from the Commission staff with respect to this Exchange Offer, and the Company and the holders are not entitled to rely on interpretive advice provided by the staff to other persons, which advice was based on the facts and conditions represented in such letters. However, the Exchange Offer is being conducted in a manner intended to be consistent with the facts and conditions represented in such letters. If any holder has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. In addition, each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for the Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealers as a result market- making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." By delivering the Letter of Transmittal, a holder tendering Old Notes for exchange will represent and warrant to the Company that the holder is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of its business and that the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New Notes. Any holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Notes to be acquired in the Exchange Offer must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. Holders who do not exchange their Old Notes pursuant to this Exchange Offer will continue to hold Old Notes that are subject to restrictions on transfer. It is expected that the New Notes will be freely transferable by the holders thereof, subject to the limitations described in the immediately preceding paragraph and in "--Resales of the New Notes." Sales of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer by holders who are "affiliates" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act will be subject to certain limitation on resale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Such persons will only be entitled to sell New Notes in compliance with the volume limitations set forth in Rule 144, and sales of New Notes by affiliates will be subject to certain Rule 144 requirements as to the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information regarding the Company. The foregoing is a summary only of Rule 144 as it may apply to affiliates of the Company. Any such persons must consult their own legal counsel for advice as to any restrictions that might apply to the resale of their New Notes. The New Notes otherwise will be substantially identical in all material respects (including interest rate, maturity, security and restrictive covenants) to the Old Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to this Exchange Offer. TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the Exchange Offer), the Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding Old Notes that are properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as permitted below. Old Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer must be in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998; provided, however, that if the Company, in its sole discretion, has extended the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. As of the date of this Prospectus, $100 million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes is outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal, is first being sent on or about , 1998, to all holders of Old Notes known to the Company. The Company's obligation to accept Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions as set forth below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." 18 The Notes will bear interest from and including the Original Issue Date. Accordingly, holders who receive New Notes in exchange for Old Notes will forego accrued but unpaid interest on their exchanged Old Notes for the period from and including the Original Issue Date to the date of exchange, but will be entitled to such interest under the New Notes. Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and thereby to delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the holders of the Old Notes as described below. During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holders thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer specified below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The Company will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non- acceptance or termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable, such notice in the case of any extension to be issued by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; TERMINATION The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998 subject to extension by the Company by notice to the Exchange Agent as herein provided. The Company reserves the right to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the time and date on which the Exchange Offer as so extended shall expire. The Company shall notify the Exchange Agent and the holders of Old Notes of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. The Company reserves the right to extend or terminate the Exchange Offer and not accept for exchange any Old Notes if any of the events set forth below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" occur and are not waived by the Company, by giving oral or written notice of such delay or termination to the Exchange Agent. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The rights reserved by the Company in this paragraph are in addition to the Company's rights set forth below under the caption "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES Only a registered holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit either (i) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under "Exchange Agent," or (ii) if such Old Notes are tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth below, a holder tendering Old Notes may transmit an Agent's Message (as defined) to the Exchange Agent in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal, in either case on or prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal, (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is 19 available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with the Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message, as the case may be, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering Participant (defined herein) that such Participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce the Letter of Transmittal against such Participant. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR AGENT'S MESSAGE AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. Any beneficial owner of Old Notes whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and who wishes to tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such beneficial owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of such Old Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completely bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below (see "--Withdrawal Rights"), as the case may be, must be guaranteed (see "--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures") unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of those Old Notes who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution (as defined below). In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or, a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guaranties must be by a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer of the Letter of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange in satisfactory form as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear on the Old Notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or not to accept any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or the acceptance of which might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation by the Company of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. None of the Company, the Exchange Agent or any 20 other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, submit with the Letter of Transmittal proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act. By tendering Old Notes for exchange, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, and that neither the holder nor such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to engage or participate in a distribution of the New Notes. If any holder or any such other person is an "affiliate", as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or is engaged in or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of such New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder or any such other person (i) may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker- dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book- Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message in lieu of a Letter of Transmittal, and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the addresses set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be-completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with 21 the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Exchange Offer, and subject to its obligations pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer, if, at any time before the acceptance of such New Notes for exchange, any of the following events shall occur: (i) any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by any court or any governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or (ii) the Exchange Offer will violate any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission. The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be asserted by the Company in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time. In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened by the Commission or in effect with respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part or with respect to the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Exchange Offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange. ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all Old Notes properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly after acceptance of the Old Notes. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" above. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will receive as set forth below under "Description of the New Notes--Book-Entry, Delivery and Form" a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. Registered holders of New Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from February 10, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Accordingly, holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date for which the record date occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer. Old Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange will continue to accrue interest after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely 22 Book-Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents or, in the case of a Book-Entry Confirmation, an Agent's Message in lieu thereof. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non- exchanged Old Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under "--Exchange Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Notes), and (where certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the name in which such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder. If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then prior to the release of such certificates the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal, with signatures guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless such holder is an Eligible Institution in which case such guarantee will not be required. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book- Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date. EXCHANGE AGENT United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows: United States Trust Company of New York, Exchange Agent By Registered or Certified Mail: United States Trust Company of New York P. O. Box 844 Attn: Corporate Trust Services Cooper Station New York, New York 10276-0844 23 By Hand up to 4:30 PM: By Overnight Courier and by Hand after 4:30 PM: United States Trust Company of New York United States Trust Company of New York 111 Broadway 770 Broadway, 13th Floor Lower Level New York, New York 10003 Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services New York, New York 10006
By Facsimile: United States Trust Company of New York Fax: (212) 780-0592 Confirm by Telephone: (800) 548-6565 DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. FEES AND EXPENSES The Company has not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make an payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay reasonable and customary fees and reasonable out- of-pocket expenses to the Exchange Agent in connection therewith. The Company will also pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer, including registration, accounting, legal, printing, and related fees and expenses. TRANSFER TAXES Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes thereon. RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES With respect to resales of New Notes based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Commission to third parties, the Company believes that a holder of New Notes (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person who is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchanged Old Notes for New Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New Notes, will be allowed to resell the New Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the New Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of the Securities Act. However, a broker-dealer who holds Old Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. For a period of 180 days from the Expiration Date, the Company will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. If any other holder is deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act or acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the New Notes, such holder must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. 24 ACCOUNTING TREATMENT The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes, as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized. The Company's expenses of the Exchange Offer will be capitalized for accounting purposes. CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions in the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act. The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. See "Summary-- Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes Pursuant to the Exchange Offer." 25 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the Company at December 31, 1997 and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the Old Notes and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
DECEMBER 31, 1997 ------------------ AS ACTUAL ADJUSTED -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Cash--Continuing operations(1)............................. $ 8,381 $ 75,518 ======== ======== Debt: Unsecured notes payable.................................. $ 19,000 $ -- Trust deed notes payable................................. 17,174 5,990 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2000(1)......................... 78,800 78,800 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007, net........................ 99,331 99,331 8% Senior Notes due 2008, net............................ -- 99,321 -------- -------- Total debt............................................. 214,305 283,442 -------- -------- Stockholders' equity: Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued................................. -- -- Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 29,637,281 shares issued and outstanding(2). 296 296 Paid-in capital.......................................... 283,525 283,525 Accumulated deficit...................................... (43) (43) -------- -------- Total stockholders' equity............................. 283,778 283,778 -------- -------- Total capitalization................................. $498,083 $567,220 ======== ========
- -------- (1) Does not reflect the use of $20 million of cash from the net proceeds of the Old Notes Offering which was be used to fund a sinking fund payment due March 1, 1998 for the 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2000. (2) Excludes 1,283,490 shares of Common Stock reserved at March 1, 1998 for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options under the Company's 1991 Employee Stock Option Plan and the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. 26 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company are derived from information contained in the Company's consolidated financial statements. The financial data for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1997 were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The selected consolidated financial data presented below are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995(1) 1994 1993 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenues................ $ 584,571 $ 399,863 $ 346,263 $ 374,783 $ 249,884 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes....... $ 41,046 $ 12,948 $ (37,247) $ 11,200 $ (1,617) (Provision) benefit for income taxes........... (17,070) (5,197) 14,890 (4,595) 710 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --- Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes.................. 23,976 7,751 (22,357) 6,605 (907) Income (loss) from dis- continued operations, net of income taxes.... 48 642 (5,006) (718) 2,726 Gain on disposal of dis- continued operation, net of income taxes.... 3,302 -- -- -- -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes....... -- -- -- -- 858 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss)....... $ 27,326 $ 8,393 $ (27,363) $ 5,887 $ 2,677 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Basic Income (Loss) Per Share: Income (loss) per share from continuing opera- tions.................. $ 0.82 $ 0.26 $ (0.73) $ 0.21 $ (0.03) Income (loss) per share from discontinued oper- ations, net of income taxes.... 0.00 0.02 (0.17) (0.02) 0.09 Gain on disposal of dis- continued operation, net of income taxes.... 0.11 -- -- -- -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes....... -- -- -- -- 0.03 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) per share.................. $ 0.93 $ 0.28 $ (0.90) $ 0.19 $ 0.09 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share: Income (loss) per share from continuing opera- tions.................. $ 0.81 $ 0.26 $ (0.73) $ 0.22 $ (0.03) Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations, net of income taxes........... 0.00 0.02 (0.17) (0.03) 0.09 Gain on disposal of dis- continued operation, net of income taxes.... 0.11 -- -- -- -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes....... -- -- -- -- 0.03 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) per share.................. $ 0.92 $ 0.28 $ (0.90) $ 0.19 $ 0.09 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Stockholders' equity per share.................. $ 9.58 $ 8.79 $ 8.58 $ 9.56 $ 9.49 Cash dividends paid per share.................. $ 0.14 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 Weighted average common shares outstanding- basic.................. 29,504,477 30,000,492 30,488,676 30,616,991 30,585,442 Weighted average common and diluted shares out- standing-diluted....... 29,807,702 30,011,595 30,488,676 30,674,349 30,633,471 Total assets............ $ 547,665 $ 449,114 $ 444,603 $ 531,768 $ 542,696 Long-term debt: continu- ing operations......... $ 214,305 $ 80,000 $ 129,062 $ 134,360 $ 147,273 Stockholders' equity.... $ 283,778 $ 260,389 $ 257,926 $ 292,743 $ 290,395 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)....... 3.90x 2.41x 1.96x 2.04x 1.03x
- -------- (1) The 1995 pretax loss from continuing operations of $37.2 million reflects the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 ("FAS 121") which resulted in a $46.5 million non-cash pretax charge to operations. See Note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. (2) For purposes of calculating this ratio, fixed charges consist of interest cost (interest expense plus capitalized interest), one-third of estimated rent expense as representative of the interest portion of rentals and amortization of debt expense, and earnings consist of earnings (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations and before (i) interest expensed, (ii) amortization of capitalized interest in cost of sales, (iii) income from unconsolidated joint ventures, (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) nonrecurring noncash charges of approximately $46.5 million and $3.1 million in 1995 and 1993, respectively, (vi) one-third of estimated rent expense as representative of the interest portion of rentals and amortization of debt expense, and includes income distributions from unconsolidated joint ventures. 27 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and the Company's consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 -------- -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Revenues...................................... $584,571 $399,863 $346,263 Cost of sales................................. 490,876 348,066 307,794 Noncash charge for impairment of long-lived assets....................................... -- -- 46,491 -------- -------- -------- Gross margin................................ 93,695 51,797 (8,022) -------- -------- -------- Gross margin percentage..................... 16.0% 13.0% 11.1%(1) -------- -------- -------- Selling, general and administrative expenses.. 52,141 37,351 34,873 Income from unconsolidated joint ventures..... 3,787 4,708 6,953 Interest expense.............................. 4,981 7,142 1,860 Amortization of excess of cost over net assets acquired..................................... 245 -- -- Other income.................................. 931 936 555 -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes........................ $ 41,046 $ 12,948 $(37,247) ======== ======== ======== - --------
(1) The 1995 homebuilding gross margin percentage excludes the $46.5 million noncash charge for the adoption of FAS 121. OPERATING DATA
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 -------- -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE SELLING PRICES) New homes delivered: California......................................... 1,477 1,131 942 Texas.............................................. 402 338 299 Joint ventures (California)........................ 67 154 195 -------- -------- -------- Total.............................................. 1,946 1,623 1,436 ======== ======== ======== Net new orders: California......................................... 1,599 1,458 1,145 Texas.............................................. 428 340 335 -------- -------- -------- Total.............................................. 2,027 1,798 1,480 ======== ======== ======== Backlog at year end (in units)....................... 566 485 312 Backlog at year end (in dollars)..................... $191,682 $168,674 $ 77,945 Active selling communities at year end............... 51 53 49 Average selling price: California deliveries (excluding joint ventures)... $337,649 $292,007 $308,383 Texas deliveries................................... $195,631 $185,622 $180,058 Combined (excluding joint ventures)................ $307,265 $267,529 $277,465 Combined (including joint ventures)................ $309,239 $261,681 $271,936
28 Fiscal Year 1997 Compared to Fiscal Year 1996 Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased 209 percent from the previous year to $24.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share, compared to $7.8 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, in 1996. The strong increase in earnings resulted from a record number of new home deliveries, an increase in the average selling price of homes and continued gross margin improvement from the Company's California homebuilding operations. The Company delivered 1,946 new homes in 1997 (including 67 homes delivered by the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures), a new fiscal year high, at an average selling price of $309,239 compared to 1,623 new homes (including 154 homes delivered by the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures) at an average selling price of $261,681 during 1996. Homebuilding revenues (excluding the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures) also reached a new high of $584.6 million in 1997, an increase of 46.2 percent from the prior year. The increase in revenues from the prior year of approximately $184.7 million resulted primarily from an increase of $109.7 million attributable to a 27.9 percent increase in new home deliveries, a $74.7 million increase due to a 14.9 percent higher average selling price, with the balance of the increase attributable to land sales. The Company's Northern California division experienced an increase in deliveries over last year of 71.6 percent to 628 homes, while deliveries from the southern California operations were in line with the strong level of deliveries generated in 1996. The increase in the average selling price in 1997 resulted primarily from a greater distribution of homes delivered in the $400,000 to $800,000 price range in California. Cost of sales increased by $142.8 million from the previous year, or 41.0 percent, of which $95.1 million was due to an increase in the number of new homes delivered while $48.2 million was attributable to an increase in the average cost of new homes delivered. The increase in cost of sales was partially offset by a reduction in costs associated with land sales. The increase in the average cost of new homes delivered in 1997 was primarily due to the changing product mix towards higher-priced homes. The gross margin percentage for 1997 increased to 16.0 percent from 13.0 percent in 1996. This increase was primarily due to the healthy California housing market. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 9.3 percent in 1996 to 8.9 percent in 1997. This decrease is attributable to the fixed level of certain general and administrative expenses, as well as a reduction in selling costs as a percent of revenues due to the improving housing market in California. Income from unconsolidated joint ventures declined from approximately $4.7 million in 1996 to $3.8 million in 1997 as a result of fewer unit deliveries as compared to the previous year. Although joint venture unit deliveries were down from the prior year, both gross margins and average selling prices for the ventures increased respectively from 1996 levels. Interest incurred for 1997 was $17.0 million of which $12.0 million was capitalized to real estate inventories and approximately $5.0 million was expensed compared to $16.7 million incurred in 1996 of which $9.5 million was capitalized and $7.1 million expensed. The increase in the amount of interest capitalized in 1997 was due primarily to more projects under development throughout 1997 as compared to the year earlier period. Amortization of excess of cost over net assets acquired relates to the acquisition on September 30, 1997 of Duc Development Company, a privately held northern California homebuilder. The excess of cost over net assets acquired is being amortized over a seven-year period. The Company generated a record net new order total of 2,027 homes for 1997, a 12.7 percent increase from the previous year. The Company's northern California orders increased 28.1 percent to 607 homes while the Texas operations combined for a 25.9 percent improvement in net new orders over the prior year. This strong 29 order trend translated into a backlog of presold homes of 566, a 16.7 percent increase over the 1996 year-end total, and the highest level in eight years. Net orders in 1997 for the Company's southern California operations were in line with the strong level generated in 1996. As a result of higher than expected deliveries and orders in the fourth quarter of 1997, which had the effect of reducing the Company's inventory of homes available for sale entering 1998, and the anticipated timing of the Company's new project openings, the Company expects that net new orders for the first quarter of 1998 will be less than the record level of net new orders for the first quarter of 1997. However, the Company anticipates opening 35 to 40 new model home complexes during 1998, with many of these openings occurring in the second and third quarters. Consequently, the Company anticipates that its order volume for the year will be weighted more towards the middle and second half of the year. Net income for 1997, including discontinued operations, was $27.3 million, or $0.92 per diluted share, compared to $8.4 million, or $0.28 per diluted share in 1996. The discontinued operations reflect the Company's savings and loan subsidiary and the Company's former office furniture subsidiary, which was sold in December for a net gain of approximately $3.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share. See "--Discontinued Operations" for further discussion of the discontinued operating segments of the Company. Fiscal Year 1996 Compared to Fiscal Year 1995 Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased to $7.8 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, compared to a loss of ($22.4) million, or ($0.73) per diluted share, in 1995. The increase in earnings resulted from an increase in new home deliveries and an improvement in gross margins. In addition, 1995 reflects a pretax noncash charge of approximately $46.5 million for the adoption of FAS 121 (See Note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus). During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company delivered 1,623 new homes (including 154 homes delivered by the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures) at an average selling price of $261,681 compared to 1,436 new homes (including 195 homes delivered by the Company's unconsolidated joint venture) at an average selling price of $271,936 during 1995. Homebuilding revenues increased by 15.5 percent from 1995, while cost of sales (before the impairment charge in 1995) increased by 13.1 percent. The increase in revenues from 1995 of approximately $53.6 million resulted primarily from an increase of $63.3 million attributable to 228 more homes delivered and a $4.9 million increase in revenues attributable to land sales, which were partially offset by a decrease of $14.6 million due to a 3.6 percent lower average selling price of new homes delivered. The increase in unit deliveries was primarily attributable to a 45.8 percent increase in deliveries from the Northern California division to 366 homes, an 18.7 percent increase in deliveries from the Ventura division to 184 homes and a 13.0 percent increase in Texas deliveries to 338 homes. The increase in deliveries was attributed to, among other things, improved market conditions in the geographic markets the Company serves, particularly in California, as well as lower mortgage interest rates during most of 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995. The average selling price of the Company's homes is impacted by product mix, geographic mix and changing prices on homes sold. The decrease in the average selling price from 1995 to 1996 was due primarily to a reduction in deliveries of higher priced homes from the Company's Orange County division. The $40.3 million increase in cost of sales (before the impairment charge in 1995) included $56.2 million attributable to an increased number of new home deliveries and a $5.8 million increase in cost of sales attributable to undeveloped lots sold, which were partially offset by a decrease of $21.7 million due to a decline in the average cost of new homes delivered. The reduction in the average cost of new homes delivered was primarily due to the changing product mix discussed above. The gross margin percentage for 1996 was 13.0 percent compared to 11.1 percent (before the impairment charge) in 1995. The increase in the gross margin percentage was primarily due to improved market conditions 30 in the California markets, higher absorption rates, as well as proportionately more deliveries from newer projects in 1996 as compared to 1995. The newer projects generally carry higher margins than older projects, which include land acquired in prior years at higher prices. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues from 10.1 percent in 1995 to 9.3 percent in 1996. This decline can be attributed to increased revenues of 15.5 percent from the prior year period. Income from the unconsolidated joint ventures decreased from approximately $7.0 million in 1995 to $4.7 million in 1996 as a result of fewer unit deliveries as well as more deliveries of lower priced product from one of the joint ventures. This joint venture delivered 151 new homes in 1996 compared to 195 new homes in 1995. The Company delivered three homes from a new joint venture during the fourth quarter of 1996. Interest incurred for 1996 was $16.7 million of which $9.5 million was capitalized to real estate inventories and $7.1 million was expensed compared to $19.2 million incurred in 1995 of which $17.3 million was capitalized and $1.9 million expensed. CARRYING COSTS, REAL ESTATE INVENTORIES AND COST OF SALES
AT DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 --------- --------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS) Carrying costs in inventory and the percent- age of total real estate inventory: Interest.................................. $13.7 3.0% $25.1 6.7% $32.5 8.8% Property taxes............................ 8.6 1.9 8.0 2.1 8.8 2.4 ----- --- ----- --- ----- ---- $22.3 4.9% $33.1 8.8% $41.3 11.2% ===== === ===== === ===== ==== Total real estate inventories............... $452 $373 $368 Cost of sales for the year then ended (be- fore FAS 121 adjustment for 1995) ...................... 491 348 308 Ratio of cost of sales to ending inventory (Inventory turn ratio)..................... 1.09 .93 .84
The increase in the 1997 inventory turn ratio is due to a 41 percent increase in cost of sales while real estate inventories increased only 21 percent. This positive trend is primarily due to a 28 percent increase in unit deliveries resulting from strong housing market conditions in California. Additionally, during 1997 the Company delivered homes from certain of its older projects which have been in the Company's inventory balances for several years. These projects generally had higher land and interest costs than more recent acquisitions. The newer projects generally develop and deliver more quickly than the older projects which results in a higher inventory turn ratio and a lower amount of carrying costs in ending inventory. Capitalized interest in real estate inventory at December 31, 1997 decreased approximately $11.4 million from December 31, 1996, a reduction of approximately 45 percent. This decrease can be attributed to (i) the sale of homes from older projects which generally include higher carry costs than newer projects and (ii) improving market conditions which have resulted in shorter holding periods and a higher inventory turnover rate. 31 UTILIZATION OF DEBT AND EQUITY IN FUNDING REAL ESTATE INVENTORIES Sources of financing for the Company's real estates inventories were as follows for the three years ended December 31, 1997:
AT DECEMBER 31, ---------------- 1997 1996 1995 ---- ---- ---- Purchase money deeds of trust................................. 4% 1% 4% Unsecured debt................................................ 44 42 40 Equity........................................................ 52 57 56 --- --- --- 100% 100% 100% === === ===
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS Disposition of Panel Concepts. In December 1997, the Company completed the sale of Panel Concepts to HON Industries, Inc., a national furniture manufacturer, for a cash sales price of approximately $9.5 million, after distribution of certain non-operating assets to the Company totaling approximately $9 million. Panel Concepts has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of its operations have been segregated in the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Disposition of Standard Pacific Savings. In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a plan of disposition for Savings. Pursuant to the plan, the Company sold substantially all of Savings' mortgage loan portfolio in June 1997. The Company also entered into a definitive agreement to sell the remainder of Savings' business, including Savings' charter. The definitive agreement was subject to a number of conditions, including approval of the transaction by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). As a result of the failure of the OTS to approve the transaction prior to the definitive agreement's termination date, the definitive agreement terminated on January 31, 1998. The Company plans to continue pursuing a disposition strategy with respect to Savings and, therefore, Savings has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of its operations have been segregated in the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Savings has not offered mortgage financing to the Company's home buyers since July 1994, and the sale of Savings is not expected to have any impact on sales of the Company's homes. Management currently estimates that both the disposition of Savings under the plan and the operating results of Savings for the period through the disposition will not result in a significant gain or loss to the Company. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES The Company's principal uses of cash have been for operating expenses, land acquisitions, construction expenditures, market expansion, principal and interest payments on debt and dividends to shareholders. Cash requirements were provided from internally generated funds and outside borrowings, including a bank revolving credit facility and note offerings. Management believes that these sources of cash are sufficient to finance its current working capital requirements and other needs. In August 1997, the Company and its bank group amended the Company's unsecured Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the commitment to $275 million, increase the term of the facility from three years to four years and reduce the cost of borrowings and other fees. The facility has a current maturity date of July 31, 2001. This agreement contains covenants, including certain financial covenants. This agreement also contains provisions which may, in certain circumstances, limit the amount the Company may borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 1997, the Company had borrowings of $19.0 million outstanding under this facility. The Company made its first $20 million sinking fund payment on the 10 1/2% Senior Notes on March 1, 1997. As of December 31, 1997, there was $78.8 million outstanding of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes. A second $20 million sinking fund payment was made by the Company on March 1, 1998, reducing the balance outstanding on such notes to $58.8 million. 32 To finance land purchases, the Company may utilize, among its other sources, purchase money mortgage financing of which approximately $17.2 million was outstanding for this purpose at December 31, 1997, an increase of $12.7 million from December 31, 1996. Additionally, the Company has utilized joint venture structures over the past few years whereby these joint ventures have obtained secured construction financing. This type of structure minimizes the use of funds from the Company's Revolving Credit Facility. The Company plans to continue using this type of arrangement to finance the development of properties as opportunities arise. The Company paid approximately $4.1 million in dividends to its stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1997. Payments of dividends on the Company's common stock is within the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and is dependent upon various factors, including the earnings, cash flow, capital requirements and operating and financial condition of the Company. Certain of the Company's senior credit and debt agreements impose restrictions on the amount of dividends the Company may pay. On January 27, 1998, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $.04 per share of common stock. This dividend was paid on February 27, 1998 to shareholders of record on February 13, 1998. During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company issued 292,100 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options for aggregate proceeds of $1.7 million. Pursuant to the previously announced stock repurchase program, the Company repurchased 284,800 shares of its common stock for approximately $2.1 million during 1997. Since inception of the program, the Company has repurchased an aggregate of 1,285,750 shares of its common stock for approximately $8.3 million as of December 31, 1997, leaving a balance of approximately $11.7 million available to be repurchased. In June 1997, the Company issued $100 million of 8 1/2% Senior Notes due in 2007 (the "8 1/2% Senior Notes"). The notes were issued at a discount to yield approximately 8.6 percent. The 8 1/2% Senior Notes are subject to certain restrictive financial covenants, which, among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. These notes are callable at the Company's option commencing June 15, 2002 at a premium of 104.25 percent of par value, with the call price reducing ratably to par on June 15, 2005. Net proceeds to the Company after offering expenses were approximately $96.9 million. The Company used the net proceeds to repay indebtedness outstanding under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility. In February 1998, the Company issued $100 million of the Old Notes. The Old Notes were issued at a discount to yield approximately 8.1 percent. These notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with the Company's other existing unsecured indebtedness. In addition, the Old Notes contain restrictive covenants similar to those in the 8 1/2% Senior Notes which, among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. The Old Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, commencing February 15, 2003 at 104.00 percent of par, with the call price reducing ratably to par on February 15, 2006. Net proceeds to the Company after offering expenses were approximately $97.3 million. Approximately $54.3 million of the net proceeds were used to repay the indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility on the date of closing (February 10, 1998), with the balance of the net proceeds used or to be used (i) to fund a $20 million sinking fund payment due on March 1, 1998 on the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes, (ii) to repay an approximately $11.2 million trust deed note payable in March of 1998 and (iii) for general corporate purposes. The Company has no material commitments or off balance sheet financing arrangements that would tend to affect future liquidity. 33 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE The Company has assessed the vulnerability of its computer systems to the "Year 2000 issue" and the cost of addressing Year 2000 compliance. Modifications and replacements of computer systems, primarily the replacement of computer software, to attain Year 2000 compliance have begun, and the Company expects to attain Year 2000 compliance and institute appropriate testing of its modifications and replacements before the Year 2000 date change. Presently, the Company does not believe that Year 2000 compliance will result in material investments by the Company, nor does the Company anticipate the Year 2000 issue will have material adverse effects on the business operations or financial performance of the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that the Year 2000 issue will not adversely affect the Company and its business. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("FAS 130") and Statement No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("FAS 131"). Both FAS 130 and 131 are required to be adopted by the Company for the year ended December 31, 1998. The Company believes the adoption of these statements will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 34 BUSINESS The Company operates primarily as a geographically diversified builder of single-family homes for use as primary residences with operations throughout the major metropolitan markets in California and Texas. For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 79 percent and 21 percent of the Company's home deliveries (including unconsolidated joint ventures) were in California and Texas, respectively. Standard Pacific Corp. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1991. Through its predecessors, Standard Pacific Corp. commenced its homebuilding operations in 1966 with a single tract of land in Orange County, California. STRATEGY The Company believes that its long history of building high quality homes in California and Texas and its conservative operating strategy have enabled the Company to successfully weather cyclical downturns and position the Company to capitalize on the improving California market. The main elements of the Company's strategy include: Focus on Broad Move-Up Market. The Company concentrates on the construction of single-family homes for use as primary residences by move-up buyers. The Company believes that the market for primary residences is more resistant to economic downturns than the market for second or vacation homes. The average selling price of the Company's homes for the year ended December 31, 1997 was approximately $307,000. Currently, the Company expects to concentrate its efforts on acquiring land that is suitable for the construction and sale of homes generally in the price range of $150,000 to $400,000, which represents a broad market segment in the Company's market areas. The Company also constructs and sells homes in the $400,000 to $800,000 price range in certain of its California markets. Reputation for High Quality, Single-Family Homes. The Company believes that it has an established reputation for providing high quality homes. The Company prides itself on its ability to design unique and attractive homes and provide its customer with a wide selection of options. The Company believes that its long history of providing high quality homes has resulted in many repeat buyers and word-of-mouth sales. The Company also uses extensive marketing to sell its homes, and its homes are generally sold by its own staff of sales personnel through the use of model homes which are usually maintained at each project site. The Company also makes extensive use of advertisements in local newspapers, illustrated brochures, billboards and on-site displays. Conservative Operating Strategy. The Company customarily acquires unimproved or improved land zoned for residential use which appears suitable for the construction of 50 to 300 homes in increments of 10 to 30 homes. The Company generally purchases land only when it projects commencement of construction within a relatively short time period. The number of homes built in the first increment of a project is based upon internal market studies. The timing and size of subsequent increments depend to a large extent upon sales rates experienced in the earlier increments. By developing projects in increments, the Company has been able to respond to local market conditions and control the number of its completed and unsold homes. Additionally, an increasing percentage of the Company's lots are controlled through joint ventures. The Company uses joint ventures for certain land development projects that have long lead times or are of significant size requiring substantial capital investments. Strong Land Position. The Company has been operating in California for over 30 years and has established an excellent reputation with land owners. The Company believes that its long standing relationships with land owners and developers in California give the Company a competitive edge in securing quality land positions at competitive prices. In order to ensure an adequate supply of land for future homebuilding activities, the Company generally attempts to maintain an inventory of building sites sufficient for construction of homes over a period of approximately three to five years. The Company believes that its 9,016 owned or controlled building sites at December 31, 1997, in addition to any land sites for which the Company may enter into negotiations, will be sufficient for its operations over this period. 35 Geographic Diversification. The Company has focused its California homebuilding activities in Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura Counties in southern California, and in the San Francisco Bay area of northern California. Additionally, the Company has projects in the Houston, Dallas and Austin markets in Texas. The Company's policy of diversifying among different geographic areas has enabled it to reduce the impact of adverse local economic conditions. Additionally, the Company believes that it has significant opportunities to expand in its existing markets and to enter new geographic markets. Control of Overhead and Operating Expenses. Throughout its history, the Company has sought to minimize overhead expenses in order to be more flexible in responding to the cyclical nature of its business. The Company strives to control its overhead costs by centralizing certain of its administrative functions and by limiting the number of middle level management positions. Experienced Management and Decentralized Operations. The Company's senior corporate and division operating managers average over 20 years of experience in the homebuilding business. Each division is run by a local manager. One of the essential criteria in the selection of a divisional manager is the individual's in-depth familiarity with the geographic areas within which the division operates. The decisions regarding selection of parcels of land for purchase and development are made in conjunction with the officers of the Company, and thereafter, each manager conducts the operations of the division relatively autonomously as a separate profit center. OPERATIONS The Company currently conducts activities in California and Texas through a total of six geographic divisions, with 99 projects under development or held for future development at December 31, 1997. The table below sets forth certain information for each division and for the Company as a whole for the periods indicated.
YEAR ENDED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997(1) ------------------ ------------------------------------------------- TOTAL NUMBER NUMBER OF BUILDING HOMES AVERAGE OF PROJECTS PROJECTS SITES UNDER HOME HELD FOR IN SALES OWNED OR CONSTRUC- PRESOLD HOMES SELLING DEVELOPMENT STAGE CONTROLLED TION HOMES DELIVERED PRICE (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) --------- -------- ----------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- Orange County........... 456 $385,596 21 9 2,212 150 83 San Diego County........ 137 304,081 9 4 874 120 93 Ventura County.......... 256 255,395 8 5 513 136 94 San Francisco Bay area.. 628 345,531 30 10 2,880 172 151 Houston................. 168 142,159 8 7 472 53 52 Dallas/Austin........... 234 234,021 17 13 1,298 55 66 ----- -------- --- --- ----- --- --- Total Consolidated...... 1,879 307,265 93 48 8,249 686 539 Unconsolidated Joint Ventures--California... 67 364,585 6 3 767 22 27 ----- -------- --- --- ----- --- --- Totals for and as of the year ended December 31, 1997................... 1,946 $309,239 99 51 9,016 708 566 ===== ======== === === ===== === === Totals for and as of the year ended December 31, 1996................... 1,623 $261,681 77 53 6,527 599 485 ===== ======== === === ===== === ===
- -------- (1) Includes as of December 31, 1997, 102 model homes and 116 completed and unsold homes, and as of December 31, 1996, 135 model homes and 206 completed and unsold homes. (2) The total number of projects held for development as of the end of each period shown includes projects with homes in the sales stage, under construction and projects in various stages of planning. 36 (3) The number of projects in the sales stage includes projects where the sales office has opened and/or the Company has begun to enter into sales contracts for the sale of its homes. (4) Includes homes reflected in Homes Under Construction and Presold Homes. (5) Includes certain homes reflected in Presold Homes. (6) See "--Marketing and Sales" for information concerning cancellation rates and contractual arrangements under which homes are presold. Each division is run by a local manager. One of the essential criteria in the selection of a divisional manager is the person's in-depth familiarity with the geographic areas within which the division operates. The decisions regarding selection of parcels of land for purchase and development are made in conjunction with the officers of the Company, and thereafter, each manager conducts the operations of the division relatively autonomously as a separate profit center. Substantially all of the Company's homes sold are single-family detached dwellings, although during the past few years approximately 5 percent to 10 percent have been townhouses or condominiums generally attached in varying configurations of two, three, four and six dwelling units. The Company's homes are designed to suit the particular area of the country in which they are located and are available in a variety of models, exterior styles and materials depending upon local preferences. Homes built by the Company are targeted for occupancy as primary residences. While the homes built by the Company typically range in size from approximately 1,800 to 2,800 square feet and typically include three or four bedrooms, two or three baths, a living room, kitchen, dining room, family room and a two or three-car garage, the Company also has built single-family attached and detached homes ranging from 1,100 to 5,500 square feet. For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the average selling prices of the Company's homes, including sales of the unconsolidated joint ventures, were $309,239, $261,681, and $271,936, respectively. LAND ACQUISITION, DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION In considering the purchase of land for the development of a project, the Company reviews such factors as proximity to existing developed areas; population growth patterns; availability of existing community services such as water, gas, electricity and sewers; school districts; employment growth rates; the expected absorption rate for new housing; environmental condition of the land; transportation availability and the estimated costs of development. Generally, if all requisite governmental agency approvals are not in place, the Company enters into a conditional agreement to purchase a parcel of land, making only a nominal deposit on the property. The general policy of the Company is to complete a purchase of land only when it can reasonably project commencement of construction within a relatively short period of time. Closing of the land purchase is, therefore, generally made contingent upon satisfaction of conditions relating to the property and to the Company's being able to obtain all requisite approvals from governmental agencies within a certain period of time. The Company customarily acquires unimproved or improved land zoned for residential use which appears suitable for the construction of 50 to 300 homes, which construction is accomplished in smaller sized increments. The number of homes built in the first increment of a project is based upon the Company's internal market studies. The timing and size of subsequent increments depends on the sales rates of earlier increments. The Company's development work on a project includes obtaining any necessary zoning, environmental and other regulatory approvals, and constructing, as necessary, roads, sewer and drainage systems, recreational facilities and other improvements. The Company typically uses both its equity (internally generated funds) and unsecured financing in the form of bank debt and other unsecured debt to fund land acquisitions. The Company also uses purchase money trust deeds to finance the acquisition of land. Generally, with the exception of joint ventures, specific project financing is not used. The Company has entered into joint venture arrangements to develop certain parcels of land. During 1993, the Company's Orange County division entered into a joint venture agreement to develop and deliver 469 homes. 37 For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company delivered 15, 151, 195 and 108 homes, respectively, through this unconsolidated joint venture. In 1995, the Company's Orange County division entered into a joint venture arrangement to develop 209 lots in the city of Orange, California. The Company will purchase 209 lots for construction and sale of homes. Additionally, in 1996 the Company's Orange County division entered into another joint venture to develop and deliver approximately 800 homes in Fullerton and Brea, California. During 1997 and 1996, the Company delivered 52 and three new homes, respectively, from this unconsolidated joint venture. In the first half of 1997, the Company's northern California division entered into a joint venture to develop approximately 700 lots in Gilroy, California. Fifty percent of these lots will be sold to the Company for the construction and sale of homes. The Company has made an investment of approximately $9.4 million in the joint venture. During 1997, the Company entered into a joint venture with affiliates of Catellus Development Corporation and Starwood Capital Group L.L.C. to acquire and develop a 3,470-acre masterplanned community located in south Orange County (the "Talega Joint Venture"). The Talega Joint Venture plans to develop and deliver in phases finished lots for up to approximately 4,500 attached and detached homes, as well as a championship golf course, certain community amenities and commercial and industrial components. As a one-third participant in this long-term project, the Company is obligated to invest up to $20.0 million in the project and will receive certain rights of first offer entitling the Company to purchase up to 1,000 finished lots from the joint venture for construction and sale of homes by the Company. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had made investments of approximately $10.9 million in this joint venture. The Company essentially functions as a general contractor with its supervisory employees coordinating all work on the project. The services of independent architectural, design, engineering and other consulting firms are engaged to assist in project planning, and subcontractors are employed to perform all of the physical development and construction work on the project. The Company does not have long-term contractual commitments with any of its subcontractors, consultants or suppliers of materials. However, because of its market presence and long-term relationships, the Company has generally been able to obtain sufficient materials and commitments from subcontractors and consultants during times of market shortages. These types of agreements are generally entered into on an increment-by-increment basis at a fixed price after competitive bidding. The Company believes that the low fixed labor expense resulting from conducting its operations in this manner has been instrumental in enabling it to retain the necessary flexibility to react to increases or decreases in demand for housing. Although the construction time for the Company's homes varies from project to project depending on the time of year, local labor situations, certain governmental approval processes, availability of materials and supplies and other factors, the Company can typically complete the construction phase of an increment within one of its projects in approximately four to six months. MARKETING AND SALES The Company's homes are generally sold by its own staff of sales personnel. Furnished and landscaped model homes are usually maintained at each project site. Homebuyers are afforded the opportunity to select, at additional costs, various optional amenities such as prewiring options, upgraded flooring, cabinets and countertops, varied interior and exterior color schemes, additional appliances and some room configurations. The Company makes extensive use of advertisements in local newspapers, illustrated brochures, billboards and on-site displays. The Company's homes are typically sold during construction using sales contracts which are usually accompanied by a cash deposit, although some of the Company's homes are sold after completion of construction. In some cases, purchasers are permitted to cancel these contracts if they are unable to sell their existing homes or fail to qualify for financing and under certain other circumstances. During each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company experienced cancellation rates of 22 percent, 24 percent 38 and 25 percent, respectively. Although cancellations can delay the delivery of the Company's homes, they have not, during the last few years, had a material negative impact on sales, operations or liquidity because of the Company's policy of closely monitoring the progress of prospective buyers in obtaining financing and monitoring and adjusting its start plan to better match the level of demand for its homes. Sales are recorded after construction is completed, required down payments are received and title passes. At December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company had an inventory of completed and unsold homes of 116, 206 and 239, respectively. FINANCING Home purchase financing from local lending institutions generally averages 80 percent or more of the purchase price of the homes. During periods of high mortgage rates or difficult economic times, the Company may assist its homebuyers by "buying-down" the interest rates on mortgage loans or subsidizing all or a part of the homebuyers' up front financing fees. The amounts of such "buy-downs" or subsidies is dependent upon prevailing market conditions and interest rate levels. During the past few years the amount of such "buy-downs" has not been significant due to the generally low level of mortgage interest rates. The Company recently formed Family Lending Services, which will operate as a mortgage banking subsidiary of the Company, offering mortgage financing to the Company's home buyers and others. Family Lending Services is in the process of obtaining required regulatory approvals and mortgage warehouse financing and is currently expected to begin offering mortgage financing to home buyers in the second quarter of 1998. COMPETITION The homebuilding industry is highly competitive, with homebuilders competing for customers, desirable properties, financing, raw materials and skilled labor. In each of the areas in which it operates, the Company competes in terms of location, design, quality, price and available mortgage financing with numerous other residential construction firms, including large national and regional firms, some of which have greater financial resources than the Company. In addition, the Company competes with resales of existing residential housing by individuals, financial institutions and others. The Company also competes with rental properties in certain markets. EMPLOYEES At December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 427 employees (excluding employees of discontinued operations). During the past five years, the Company has not directly experienced a work stoppage in its operations caused by labor disputes. Construction of homes in projects developed by the Company has, from time to time, been delayed due to strikes by certain construction unions against subcontractors retained by the Company or strikes against suppliers of materials used in the construction of homes. Such delays have not had a significant adverse effect on the Company's operations. The Company believes that its relations with its employees and subcontractors are satisfactory. PROPERTIES In addition to real estate held for development and sale, which is either owned or under option to be purchased by the Company, the Company leases approximately 4.8 acres of land in Costa Mesa, California under leases expiring in 2002 on which the Company's executive office, the offices of the Orange County housing division and a manufacturing facility (which is subleased to an unrelated party) are located. The Company's other real estate housing divisions occupy various facilities under leases which expire from 1998 through 2002. The administrative office and branch location for Savings is located in Newport Beach, California. A total of 5,072 square feet is leased under a lease which expires in 2004. In addition, Family Lending Services occupies approximately 9,300 square feet of a facility in Newport Beach, California under a lease that expires in February 2005. 39 As of December 31, 1997, the Company was subleasing approximately 59,000 square feet of manufacturing facilities to unrelated parties under leases expiring beginning in May 1998. The Company believes that all of its properties are well suited for the purposes for which they are used. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Various claims and actions, considered normal to the Company's business, have been asserted and are pending against the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company believes that such claims and actions should not have a material adverse effect upon the financial position of the Company. 40 DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY In December 1996, the Company completed a syndication of its Revolving Credit Facility whereby the total unsecured commitment was increased to $200 million and additional lenders were added to the facility. In connection with the syndication the Company combined its separate bank credit facilities into a single larger facility which created additional borrowing capacity of approximately $50 million. The facility had a maturity date of July 31, 1999. This agreement contains covenants, including certain financial covenants. This agreement also contains provisions which may, in certain circumstances, limit the amount the Company may borrow under the credit facility. In August 1997, the Company and its bank group amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the commitment to $275 million, extend the term of the facility from July 31, 1999 to July 31, 2001 and reduce the interest rate of borrowing and other fees. 10 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2000 In March 1993, the Company issued $100 million principal amount of its 10 1/2% Senior Notes due March 1, 2000. Interest is due and payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year. The 10 1/2% Senior Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company prior to maturity. The Company is required to make annual mandatory sinking fund payments sufficient to retire 20 percent of the original aggregate principal amount of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes ($20 million per year) commencing on March 1, 1997, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, with the balance of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes ($40 million) retired on March 1, 2000. The 10 1/2% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company will be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of the Notes in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth, as defined, and under certain other circumstances. In addition, the 10 1/2% Senior Notes contain other restrictive covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. 8 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007 In June 1997, the Company issued $100 million of 8 1/2% Senior Notes due June 15, 2007. Interest is due and payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 8 1/2% Senior Notes are redeemable at the Company's option commencing June 15, 2002 at a premium of 104.25% of par value, with the call price reducing ratably to par on June 15, 2005. The 8 1/2% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company will be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of the Notes in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth, as defined, and under certain other circumstances. In addition, the 8 1/2% Senior Notes contain other restrictive financial covenants, which among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. 41 DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES The New Notes offered hereby, like the Old Notes, are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1992 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 24, 1993. The terms of the New Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act, and holders of the Old Notes and New Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The terms of the New Notes are substantially identical to the Old Notes in all material respects (including interest rate and maturity), except that (i) the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act, and therefore will not bear any legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement covenants regarding registration and the related Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) (other than those that have accrued and were not paid) with respect to Registration Defaults (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) will have been deemed satisfied. The following summary of the material provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete, and where reference is made to particular provisions of the Indenture, such provisions are incorporated by reference as part of such summary, which is qualified in its entirety by such reference. Certain terms used herein are defined under "Certain Definitions" below. The description of the New Notes contained herein assumes that all Old Notes are exchanged for New Notes in the Exchange Offer. GENERAL The New Notes will mature on February 15, 2008, will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu with the Company's other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The New Notes will be limited to $175 million in aggregate principal amount, $100 million of which will be issued in the Exchange Offer and the remainder of which will remain available for future issuance. Since the operations of the Company are currently conducted in part through subsidiaries, the cash flow and the consequent ability to service debt of the Company, including the New Notes, are dependent, in part, upon the earnings of its subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to the Company, whether by dividends, loans or otherwise. The payment of dividends and the making of loans and advances to the Company by its subsidiaries may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions, are contingent upon the earnings of those subsidiaries and are subject to various business considerations. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders of the New Notes to participate in those assets) will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors), except to the extent that the Company is itself recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would still be subordinate to any security interests in the assets of such subsidiary and any indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by the Company. Each New Note will bear interest at the rate per annum shown on the cover page of this Prospectus from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from February 15, 1998. Interest on the Notes will be payable on each February 15 and August 15 (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing August 15, 1998, to holders of record at the close of business on the February 1 and August 1 immediately preceding such interest payment date. Interest on the New Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The New Notes are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION The New Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to February 15, 2003. Thereafter, the New Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each 42 holder's registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below:
REDEMPTION YEAR PRICE ---- ---------- 2003........................................................... 104.00% 2004........................................................... 102.67% 2005........................................................... 101.33% 2006 and thereafter............................................ 100.00%
If less than all of the New Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the New Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. CHANGE OF CONTROL Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or a portion of such holder's New Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101 percent of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the provisions of the next paragraph. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such holder's New Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101 percent of the principal amount outstanding at the repurchase date plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and relevant financial information regarding such Change of Control; (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and (iv) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a holder must follow in order to have its New Notes repurchased. The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of New Notes pursuant to the covenant described hereunder. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue thereof. Future Indebtedness of the Company may contain prohibitions of certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the New Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company's then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any repurchases required in connection with a Change of Control. The Company's failure to purchase the New Notes in connection with a Change in Control would result in a default under the Indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under other Indebtedness. 43 CERTAIN COVENANTS Maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth The Indenture provides that if the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the end of any two consecutive fiscal quarters is less than $200 million, then the Company will offer to acquire (the "Offer") on the last day of the fiscal quarter next following such second fiscal quarter or, if such second fiscal quarter ends on the last day of the Company's fiscal year, 135 days after the end of such second fiscal quarter (the "Purchase Date"), 10 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes originally issued (or, if less than 10 percent of the principal amount of the New Notes originally issued are then outstanding, then all of the New Notes outstanding at that time) at a purchase price equal to 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Purchase Date. In no event shall the failure to meet the minimum Consolidated Net Worth stated above at the end of any fiscal quarter be counted toward more than one Offer. The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of New Notes pursuant to the covenant described above. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described above, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant described above by virtue thereof. If an Offer to acquire New Notes is oversubscribed, the Company shall acquire New Notes on a pro rata basis or by lot or in such other manner as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. Limitation on Additional Indebtedness The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, either (i) the ratio of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, for purposes of this calculation only, (A) purchase money mortgages that are Non-Recourse Indebtedness, and (B) Indebtedness Incurred under letters of credit, escrow agreements and surety bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business), to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company is less than 2.25 to 1; or (ii) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.0 to 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur: (i) Indebtedness under one or more Bank Credit Facilities in an amount not in excess of $275 million; (ii) purchase money mortgages that are Non-Recourse Indebtedness; (iii) obligations Incurred under letters of credit, escrow agreements and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; (iv) Indebtedness Incurred under a Warehouse Facility, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness (excluding funding drafts issued thereunder) outstanding at any time pursuant to this clause (iv) may not exceed 98 percent of the value of the Mortgages pledged to secure Indebtedness thereunder; and (v) Indebtedness Incurred solely for the purpose of refinancing or repaying any existing Indebtedness so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the existing Indebtedness refinanced or repaid (plus the premiums or other payments required to be paid in connection with such refinancing or repayment and the expenses incurred in connection therewith), (B) the maturity of such new Indebtedness is not earlier than that of the existing Indebtedness to be refinanced or repaid, (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence, has an Average Life at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or repaid, (D) the new Indebtedness is pari passu with or subordinate to the Indebtedness being refinanced or repaid, and (E) the existing and new Indebtedness are obligations of the same entity. The Company and its Subsidiaries will retain the ability to incur significant additional borrowings irrespective of the limitations set forth above. 44 Limitations on Liens The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any Indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance of any nature (herein collectively referred to as a "lien" or "liens") upon any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or on any shares of stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, without in any such case effectively providing that the New Notes (together with, if the Company shall so determine, any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary ranking pari passu with the New Notes) shall be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness, except that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (i) liens existing on December 31, 1997; (ii) pledges, guarantees and deposits under workers' compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, good faith deposits under bids, tenders or contracts, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations or appeal or similar bonds, and liens created by special assessment districts used to finance infrastructure improvements; (iii) liens existing on property or assets of any entity on the date on which it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, which secured Indebtedness is not Incurred in contemplation of such entity becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) liens on or leases of model home units; (v) liens on property, inventory and receivables of Panel Concepts to provide working capital (exclusive of cash and cash equivalents) for Panel Concepts in the ordinary course of business; (vi) Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business in amounts not in excess of $10 million in the aggregate; (vii) the replacement of any of the items set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) above, provided that (A) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by liens shall not be increased, (B) such Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence, has an Average Life at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced, (C) the maturity of such Indebtedness is not earlier than that of the Indebtedness to be refinanced, and (D) the liens shall be limited to the property or part thereof which secured the lien so replaced or property substituted therefor as a result of the destruction, condemnation or damage of such property; (viii) liens on property acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which liens are either existing at the time of such acquisition or at the time of completion of construction or improvement or created within 120 days after such acquisition, completion or improvement, to secure Indebtedness Incurred or assumed to finance all or part of such property, including any increase in the principal amount of such Indebtedness and any extension of the repayment schedule and maturity of such Indebtedness Incurred or entered into in the ordinary course of business; (ix) liens or priorities incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as laborers', employees', carriers', mechanics', vendors' and landlords' liens or priorities; (x) liens for certain taxes and certain survey and title exceptions; (xi) liens arising out of judgments or awards against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in good faith prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review and with respect to which it has secured a stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review; (xii) liens on property owned by any Homebuilding Joint Venture; (xiii) liens securing a Warehouse Facility, provided that such liens shall not extend to any assets other than the mortgages, promissory notes and other collateral that secures mortgage loans made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (xiv) liens which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions which, when the Indebtedness relating to those liens is added to all other then outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by liens and not listed in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, does not exceed $50 million. Limitation on Restricted Payments The Indenture provides that the Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution in respect of, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Capital Stock of the Company other than through the issuance solely of the Company's own Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or rights thereto; (ii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to scheduled principal payments or maturity, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes (other than Indebtedness Incurred after the issuance of the New Notes provided that such repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other retirement is made substantially concurrent with the receipt of proceeds from the Incurrence of Indebtedness that by its terms is 45 both subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and matures, by sinking fund or otherwise, after February 15, 2008); or (iii) make any Restricted Investment (such payments or any other actions described in (i), (ii) and (iii), being referred to herein collectively as, "Restricted Payments") unless (A) at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment, no Event of Default (and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) the Company is able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" and (C) at the time of, and after giving effect thereto, the sum of the aggregate amount expended (or with respect to guaranties or similar arrangements the amount then guaranteed) for all such Restricted Payments (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors filed with the Trustee) subsequent to June 30, 1997 shall not exceed the sum of (1) 50 percent of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income (or, in case such aggregate Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100 percent of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis subsequent to June 30, 1997; (2) the aggregate net proceeds, including the fair market value of property other than cash (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors filed with the Trustee), received by the Company from the issuance or sale, after the Original Issue Date, of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, including Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company issued subsequent to the Original Issue Date upon the conversion of Indebtedness of the Company initially issued for cash; (3) 100 percent of dividends or distributions (the fair value of which, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith) paid to the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary) by an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Homebuilding Joint Venture or any other person in which the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, has an ownership interest but less than a 100 percent ownership interest to the extent that such dividends or distributions do not exceed the amount of loans, advances or capital contributions made to any such entity or person subsequent to the Original Issue Date and included in the calculation or Restricted Payments; and (4) $40 million. The foregoing shall not prevent (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration the making of such payment would have complied with the provisions of this limitation on dividends; provided, however, that such dividend shall be included in future calculations of Restricted Payments; (ii) the retirement of any shares of the Company's Capital Stock by exchange for, or out of proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, other shares of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that the aggregate net proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of the amounts under clause (C)(2) of the immediately preceding paragraph; (iii) the redemption, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other retirement of Indebtedness with proceeds received from the substantially concurrent sale of shares of the Company's Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that the aggregate net proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of the amounts under clause (C)(2) of the immediately preceding paragraph; or (iv) any investment or investments in Savings by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of causing Savings to comply with any regulatory agreements existing on the Original Issue Date or with any applicable law, rule, regulation, official interpretation of law, rule or regulation or official directive which governs the capital maintenance, net worth or similar regulatory requirements applicable to Savings. Limitation on Asset Sales The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make an Asset Disposition, other than for fair market value and in the ordinary course of business, with an aggregate net book value as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter greater than 10 percent of the Company's total consolidated assets as of that date unless (i) the consideration received by the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) for such disposition consists of at least 70 percent cash; provided, however, that for purposes of this provision (i), the amount of any liabilities assumed by the transferee and any notes or other obligations received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which are immediately converted into cash shall 46 be deemed to be cash; and (ii) the Company shall within one year after the date of such sale or sales, apply the net proceeds from such sale or sales in excess of an amount equal to 10 percent of the Company's total consolidated assets to (A) a purchase of or an Investment in Additional Assets (other than cash or cash equivalents), (B) repayment of indebtedness of the Company which is pari passu with the New Notes, and/or (C) make an offer to acquire all or part of the New Notes at a purchase price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the purchase date. Any such offer to acquire New Notes will be mailed not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the proposed date of purchase to each holder at its last registered address. The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the covenant described above. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described above, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant described above by virtue thereof. If an offer hereunder is oversubscribed, the Company shall acquire New Notes on a pro rata basis or by lot or in such other manner as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. Transactions with Affiliates (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless the terms thereof (i) are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings with a person who is not such an Affiliate; and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction (or series of related Affiliate Transactions) involve aggregate payments in an amount in excess of $10 million in any one year, (A) are set forth in writing, (B) comply with clause (i) above and (C) have been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. (b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit (i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to the covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" above; (ii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans in the ordinary course of business and approved by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof; (iii) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof; (iv) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) fees, compensation or employee benefit arrangements paid to and indemnity provided for the benefit of directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; or (vi) any Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries. Limitation on Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company, (ii) to make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except: (A) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Original Issue Date; (B) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary which was entered into on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which 47 such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date; (C) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this covenant (or effecting a Refinancing of such Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (C)) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this covenant or this clause (C); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no more restrictive in any material respect than the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such agreements; (D) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary contractual non- assignment provisions to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of rights, duties or obligations under such contract; (E) in the case of clause (iii) above, restrictions contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages; (F) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; and (G) any restriction imposed by applicable law. Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would thereafter be permitted to (i) Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" above and (ii) make a Restricted Payment of at least $1.00 pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" above. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary has outstanding no Indebtedness except such Indebtedness as the Company could permit it to become liable for immediately after becoming a Restricted Subsidiary under the provisions of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" above. The Company will not permit Standard Pacific of Texas, Inc. to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or permit the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary employed in homebuilding operations to be transferred to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, except in amounts permitted under the limitation on Restricted Payments. MERGERS AND SALES OF ASSETS BY THE COMPANY The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another person unless (i) such person (if other than the Company) is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) the Consolidated Net Worth of the obligor of the New Notes immediately after such transaction (exclusive of any adjustments to Consolidated Net Worth relating to transaction costs and accounting adjustments resulting from such transaction) is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and (iv) the surviving corporation would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" above. EVENTS OF DEFAULT The Indenture provides that, if an Event of Default specified therein shall have occurred and be continuing, with respect to the New Notes, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes may declare the principal amount of the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes may rescind such a declaration. 48 Under the Indenture, an Event of Default is defined as, with respect to the New Notes, any of the following: (i) default in payment of the principal of any New Note; (ii) default in payment of any interest on any New Note when due, continuing for 30 days; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with its other agreements in the New Notes or the Indenture for the benefit of the holders of the New Notes upon the receipt by the Company of notice of such Default by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes and the Company's failure to cure such Default within 45 days after receipt by the Company of such notice; (iv) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture (including the Indenture) or instrument under which is issued or which secures or evidences Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) which default constitutes a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness in an amount of $20 million or more when due and payable (other than as a result of acceleration) or results in Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) in the aggregate of $20 million or more becoming or being declared due and payable before it would otherwise become due and payable; and (vi) entry of a final judgment for the payment of money against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an amount of $5 million or more which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal such judgment has expired or becomes subject to an enforcement proceeding. The Trustee shall give notice to holders of the New Notes of any continuing Default known to the Trustee within 90 days after the occurrence thereof; provided, that the Trustee may withhold such notice, as to any Default other than a payment Default, if it determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the New Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the New Notes, provided that such directions shall not be in conflict with any law or the Indenture and subject to certain other limitations. Before proceeding to exercise any right or power under the Indenture at the direction of such holders, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from such holders reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with any such direction. No holder of New Notes will have any right to pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the New Notes, unless (i) such holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the New Notes; (ii) the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy; (iii) such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee; (iv) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within 60 days after receipt of such request; and (v) the Trustee shall have failed to comply with the request within such 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of any holder of any New Note to receive payment of the principal of and interest in respect of such New Note on the Stated Maturity expressed in such New Note or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payments shall not be impaired or adversely affected without such holder's consent. The holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes may waive an existing Default with respect to the New Notes and its consequences, other than (i) any Default in any payment of the principal of or interest on any New Note or (ii) any Default in respect of certain covenant or provisions in the Indenture which may not be modified without the consent of the holder of each New Note as described in "Modification and Waiver," below. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER The Company and the Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture without the consent of the holders of the New Notes (i) to add to the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all the New Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred in the Indenture upon the Company; (ii) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company and the assumption by it of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the New Notes; (iii) to establish the form or terms of the New Notes as 49 permitted by Sections 2.01 and 2.03(a) of the Indenture; (iv) to provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee with respect to the New Notes and to add to or change any provisions of the Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts by more than one Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (vi) to secure the New Notes; or (ix) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder. With the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes, the Company and the Trustee may also execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the Indenture with respect to the New Notes or modify in any manner the rights of the holders of the New Notes, provided that no such supplemental indenture will, without the consent of the holder of each such New Note affected thereby (i) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal or interest on, any New Note or any premium payable upon redemption thereof; (ii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any New Note; (iii) change the place or currency of payment of principal or interest, if any, on any New Note; (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any New Note; (v) reduce the above-stated percentage of holders of the New Notes necessary to modify or amend the Indenture; or (vi) modify the foregoing requirements or reduce the percentage in principal amount of New Notes necessary to waive any covenant or past default. Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the New Notes may waive certain past Defaults and may waive compliance by the Company with certain of the restrictive covenants described above with respect to the New Notes. DISCHARGE The Company may satisfy and discharge obligations under the Indenture with respect to the New Notes by delivering to the Trustee for cancellation all outstanding New Notes or depositing with the Trustee, after such outstanding New Notes have become due and payable, cash sufficient to pay at Stated Maturity all of the outstanding New Notes and paying all other sums payable under the Indenture with respect to the New Notes. THE TRUSTEE The Trustee is United States Trust Company of New York. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in certain transactions with the Company and its subsidiaries; provided, however, if the trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. REPORTS TO HOLDERS OF THE NEW NOTES So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to furnish the information required thereby to the Commission. The Indenture provides that even if the Company is entitled under the Exchange Act not to furnish such information to the Commission or to the holders of the New Notes, it will nonetheless continue to furnish information under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to the Commission and the Trustee as if it were subject to such periodic reporting requirements. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Set forth below is a summary of certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. "Additional Assets" means (i) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) in a Related Business; or (ii) the Capital Stock of a person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business. For purposes of this definition, "Related 50 Business" means any business related, ancillary or complimentary (as defined in good faith by the Board of Directors) to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Original Issue Date. "Affiliate" of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition"), of (i) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares and, to the extent required by local ownership laws in foreign countries, shares owned by foreign shareholders); (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any division, business segment or comparable line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) in excess of $250,000 disposed of in a single transaction or series of related transactions outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary). "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (assuming the exercise by the obligor of such Indebtedness of all unconditional (other than as to the giving of notice) extension options of each such scheduled payment date) of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. "Bank Credit Facility" means the Revolving Credit Facility and any bank credit agreement or credit facility entered into in the future by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as any of the same may be amended, waived, modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time. "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means any obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i)any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause such person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; (ii)during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a majority vote of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or 51 whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or (iii)the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another person or the merger of another person with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another person, other than any such sale to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, and in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100 percent of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving corporation, or a parent corporation that owns all of the Capital Stock of such surviving corporation, that represent immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation or such parent corporation, as the case may be. "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" with respect to the Company as of any date of determination means the ratio of the Company's EBITDA to its Consolidated Interest Incurred for the four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date of determination. Notwithstanding clause (ii) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, if the Indebtedness which is being Incurred is Incurred in connection with an acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio shall be determined after giving effect to both the Consolidated Interest Incurred related to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the EBITDA as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the four fiscal quarter period (x) of the person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) in the case of an acquisition of assets that constitute substantially all of an operating unit or business, relating to the assets being acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. "Consolidated Interest Expense" of the Company means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date, would be included on an income statement for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, whether expensed directly, or included as a component of cost of goods sold, or allocated to joint ventures or otherwise (including, but not limited to, imputed interest included on Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of other financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-cash interest expense), excluding interest expense related to mortgage banking operations, plus the product of (i) cash dividends paid on any Preferred Stock of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective aggregate federal, state and local tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal. "Consolidated Interest Incurred" of the Company means, for any period, (i) the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date, would be included on an income statement for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, whether expensed directly, or included as a component of cost of goods sold, or allocated to joint ventures or otherwise (including, but not limited to, imputed interest included on Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-cash interest expense), excluding interest expense related to mortgage banking operations, plus or minus, without duplication; (ii) the difference between capitalized interest for such period and the interest component of cost of goods sold for such period; plus (iii) the product of (A) cash dividends paid on any Preferred Stock of the Company, times (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective aggregate federal, state and local tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal. "Consolidated Net Income" for any period, means the aggregate of the Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with generally 52 accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date, provided that (i) the Net Income of any person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has, a joint interest with a third party (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall be included only to the extent of the lesser of (A) the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the Company's direct or indirect proportionate interest in the Net Income of such person, provided that, so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an unqualified legal right to require the payment of a dividend or distribution, Net Income shall be determined solely pursuant to clause (B); (ii) the Net Income of any person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; and (iii) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions (the fair value of which, if other than in cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith) by such Subsidiary to the Company or to any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Homebuilding Joint Venture or any other person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has a joint interest with a third party that is not existing on December 31, 1997 shall be included only to the extent that the aggregate amount of dividends or distributions (the fair value of which, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith) by such Subsidiary or Homebuilding Joint Venture to the Company or to any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries exceeds the aggregate amount of unpaid loans or advances and unreturned capital contributions made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in or to such Subsidiary or Homebuilding Joint Venture. "Consolidated Net Worth" of the Company means consolidated stockholders' equity less any increase in stockholders' equity of each of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries subsequent to December 31, 1997 attributable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date. "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" with respect to the Company means the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Company, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of the issuance of the New Notes, less (i) that portion of any increase of each of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries' stockholders' equity subsequent to December 31, 1997 attributable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date; and (ii) the Intangible Assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. "Intangible Assets" means the amount (to the extent reflected in determining consolidated stockholders' equity) of (A) all write-ups (other than write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within twelve months after the acquisition of such business) in the book value of any asset owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (B) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles. "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; (ii) is convertible or exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to February 15, 2009. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Disqualified Stock" shall not include Capital Stock which is redeemable solely pursuant to a change in control provision that does not (A) cause such Capital Stock to become redeemable in circumstances which would not constitute a Change of Control and (B) require the Company to pay the redemption price therefor prior to the repurchase date specified under "--Change of Control" above. "EBITDA" of the Company for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income plus Consolidated Interest Expense plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) income tax expense, (ii) depreciation expense, (iii) amortization expense and (iv) all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash payments in the future and 53 for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by generally accepted accounting principals as in effect on the date of issuance of the Notes to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income, in each case for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income. "Hedging Obligations" of any person means the net obligations of such person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement to which such person is a party or a beneficiary. "Homebuilding Joint Venture" means (i) any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any person in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest but less than a 100 percent ownership interest that, in each case, was formed for and is engaged in homebuilding operations. "Incur" means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that in the case of a discount security, neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. "Indebtedness" means on any date of determination (without duplication), (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such person is responsible or liable; (ii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person; (iii) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such person and all obligations of such person under any title retention agreement (but excluding accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not more than 90 days past due and not in dispute) which would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of a person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which purchase price or obligation is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services (provided that, in the case of obligations of an acquired person assumed in connection with an acquisition of such person, such obligations would constitute Indebtedness of such person); (iv) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following receipt by such person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit); (v) the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other persons and all dividends of other persons for the payment of which, in either case, such person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any guarantee; (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of other persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of such person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency, other than a contingency solely within the control of such person, giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations as described above at such date; provided, however, that the amount outstanding at 54 any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates. "Investment" in any person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such person) or other extensions of credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such person. "Mortgage" means a first priority mortgage or first priority deed of trust on improved real property. "Net Income" of any person means the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Original Issue Date; excluding, however, from the determination of Net Income all gains (to the extent that they exceed all losses) realized upon the sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale leaseback transactions) of any real property or equipment of such person, which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, or of any capital stock of such person or its subsidiaries owned by such person. "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or other obligations secured by a lien on property to the extent that the liability for such Indebtedness or other obligations is limited to the security of the property without liability on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than the Subsidiary which holds title to such property) for any deficiency. "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation. "Refinance" means, in respect of Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. "Refinancing" shall have a correlative meaning. "Restricted Investment" means any loan, advance, capital contribution or transfer (including by way of guaranty or other similar arrangement) in or to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, Homebuilding Joint Venture or any person in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has an ownership interest but less than 100 percent ownership interest; provided, however, that loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers (including by way of guaranty or other similar arrangement) to a Homebuilding Joint Venture shall be counted as a Restricted Investment only to the extent that the aggregate at any one time outstanding of all such amounts expended (or with respect to guaranties or similar arrangements the amounts then guaranteed) exceed, subsequent to December 31, 1996, $20 million for any one Homebuilding Joint Venture or $80 million in the aggregate for all Homebuilding Joint Ventures. Restricted Investment shall include the fair market value of the net assets of any Restricted Subsidiary that at any time is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any property transferred to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and the net assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is designated an Unrestricted 55 Subsidiary, shall be valued at fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith. The net assets of Panel Concepts shall not be counted as a Restricted Investment if (i) a sale of all or a portion of the Capital Stock of Panel Concepts causes Panel Concepts to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary; (ii) at the time of such sale, the net book value of the assets of Panel Concepts represent less than 10 percent of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iii) the net proceeds of any such sale and any subsequent sale of the Capital Stock of Panel Concepts to any person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary are paid or distributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that has not been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" means a corporation, a majority of the capital stock with voting power to elect directors of which is directly or indirectly owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries, or any person in which the Company and its Subsidiaries has at least a majority ownership interest. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has less than a 100 percent ownership interest, (ii) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary which, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, has been designated in a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case unless and until such Subsidiary shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, be designated by a resolution of the Company as a Restricted Subsidiary; and (iii) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary a majority of the voting stock of which shall at the time be owned directly or indirectly by one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries. At the date of issuance of the New Notes, the Company will have designated Family Lending Services, Savings, Standard Pacific Financing Inc. and Standard Pacific Financing L.P. as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. "Voting Stock", with respect to any person, means securities of any class of Capital Stock of such person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the board of directors of such person. "Warehouse Facility" means a Bank Credit Facility to finance the making of Mortgage loans originated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary, all of the capital stock (whether or not voting, but exclusive of directors' qualifying shares) of which is owned by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM The New Notes initially will be represented by one or more New Notes in registered global form (the "New Global Notes"). The New Global Notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder"). DTC will maintain the New Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof through its book-entry facilities. DTC has advised the Company that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act that was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants" or "DTC's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. DTC's Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, securities 56 brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or "DTC's Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC's Participants or DTC's Indirect Participants. The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon deposit of the New Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the New Global Notes and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the interests of DTC's Participants), DTC's Participants and DTC's Indirect Participants. The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the New Global Notes will be limited to such extent. Investors in the New Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or through Indirect Participants. So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of the New Global Notes, the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole holder of outstanding New Notes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes will not be entitled to have New Notes registered in their names and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any New Global Notes registered in the name of a Global Note Holder on the applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of such Global Note Holder in its capacity as the registered holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names any New Notes, including the New Global Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, none of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to owners of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest). The Company believes, however, that it is currently the policy of DTC to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by DTC's Participants and DTC's Indirect Participants to the owners of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility of DTC's Participants or DTC's Indirect Participants. Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in the New Global Notes may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial interest for New Notes in definitive form. Upon any such exchange, the Trustee is required to register such New Notes in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such Person or Persons (or the nominee of any thereof). In addition, if (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of New Notes in definitive form under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the relevant Global Note Holder of its New Global Note, New Notes in such form will be issued to each person that such Global Note Holder and DTC identifies as being the beneficial owner of the related New Notes. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the Global Note Holder or DTC in identifying the owners of beneficial interests in the New Global Notes and the Company and the Trustee may 57 conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or DTC for all purposes. The Indenture will require that payments in respect of the New Notes represented by the New Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) be made in same-day funds. The Old Notes are eligible to trade in the PORTAL market. Following commencement of the Exchange Offer but prior to its consummation, the Old Notes may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market. Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will not be eligible for trading on PORTAL. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market- making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business on the 180th day following the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market price prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send a reasonable number of additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of this Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and other related documents may be obtained upon request to the Exchange Agent at (800) 548-6565. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (which shall not include any expenses of any holder in connection with resale of the New Notes) and will indemnify the holders of the Notes participating in the Exchange Offer (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 58 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences generally applicable to holders of the New Notes. The federal income tax considerations set forth below are based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), applicable Treasury Regulations ("Treasury Regulations"), judicial authority, and current administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from the IRS has been, or will be, sought on the issues discussed herein. Legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences discussed below. This discussion applies only to a person who is (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of source, (iv) a trust whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (v) any other person whose income or gain in respect of the New Notes is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business (or, if applicable, attributable to a permanent establishment situated in the United States) (a "Holder"). The summary is not a complete analysis or description of all potential federal tax considerations that may be relevant to, or of the actual tax effect that any of the matters described herein will have on, particular Holders, and does not address foreign, state, local or other tax consequences. This summary does not address the federal income tax consequences to (a) special classes of taxpayers (such as S corporations, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment companies, foreign companies, nonresident alien individuals, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities or currencies, broker-dealers and tax-exempt organizations) who are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, (b) Holders that hold New Notes as part of a position in a "straddle," or as part of a "hedging," "conversion," or other integrated investment transaction for federal income tax purposes, (c) Holders that do not hold the New Notes as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code or (d) Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Furthermore, estate and gift tax consequences are not discussed herein. BECAUSE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES MAY DIFFER, EACH HOLDER OF THE OLD NOTES IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO HIS OR HER PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION AND AS TO ANY FEDERAL, FOREIGN, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS (INCLUDING ANY POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAW) AFFECTING THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES. EXCHANGE OFFER The exchange of Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, there should be no U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders exchanging the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and a Holder should have the same tax basis and holding period in the New Notes as the Old Notes. INTEREST Generally, interest paid on the New Notes will be taxable to a Holder as ordinary income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance with such Holder's method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest income arising from the New Notes will not be reduced by any taxes withheld under the backup withholding rules or otherwise. See "--Backup Withholding." 59 MARKET DISCOUNT If a New Note is acquired at a "market discount," some or all of any gain realized upon a subsequent sale, other disposition, or full or partial principal payment, of such New Note may be treated as ordinary income, as described below. For this purpose, "market discount" is the excess (if any) of the principal amount of a New Note over the purchase price thereof, subject to a statutory de minimis exception. Unless a Holder has elected to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain, if any, realized on any subsequent disposition (other than in connection with certain nonrecognition transactions) or full or partial principal payment of such New Note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that is treated as having accrued during the period such Holder held such New Note. The amount of market discount treated as having accrued will be determined either (i) on a straight-line basis by multiplying the market discount times a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the New Note was held by the Holder and the denominator of which it is the total number of days after the date such Holder acquired the New Note up to and including the date of its maturity or (ii) if the Holder so elects, on a constant interest rate method. A Holder may make that election with respect to any New Note but, once made, such election is irrevocable. A Holder of a New Note acquired at a market discount may elect to include market discount in income currently, through the use of either the straight- line inclusion method or the elective constant interest method in lieu of recharacterizing gain upon disposition as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount at the time of disposition. Once made, this election will apply to all notes and other obligations acquired by the electing Holder at a market discount during the taxable year for which the election is made, and all subsequent taxable years, unless the IRS consents to a revocation of the election. If an election is made to include market discount in income currently, the basis of the New Note in the hands of the Holder will be increased by the amount of the market discount that is included in income. Unless a Holder who acquires a New Note at a market discount elects to include market discount in income as it accrues such Holder may be required to defer deductions for a portion of the interest paid on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry such New Note in an amount not exceeding the deferred market discount income, until such income is realized. BOND PREMIUM If a Holder purchases a New Note and immediately after the purchase the adjusted basis of the New Note exceeds the sum of all amounts payable on the instrument after the purchase date (other than payments of stated interest), the New Note will be treated as having been acquired with "bond premium." Pursuant to recently finalized Treasury Regulations, a Holder may elect to amortize such premium as an offset to interest income (and not as a separate deduction item) using the constant yield method, but only as such Holder takes stated interest on the New Note into account under its regular method of tax accounting. In the case of debt instruments, such as the New Notes, that provide for alternative payment schedules upon the occurrence of certain contingencies, bond premium is calculated by assuming that (i) a holder will exercise or not exercise options in a manner that minimizes the holder's yield and (ii) the issuer will generally exercise options in a manner that minimizes the holder's yield, except that the issuer will exercise a call option if the exercise of such option would maximize the holder's yield. In each case, bond premium is generally recalculated if a contingency occurs or does not occur contrary to the assumption. If a Holder purchases a New Note for a premium and does not elect to amortize such premium, the Holder will be required to report the full amount of stated interest on the New Notes as ordinary income, even though the Holder may be required to recognize a capital loss (which may not be available to offset ordinary income) on a sale or other disposition of the New Notes. The final regulations generally apply to debt instruments acquired on or after March 2, 1998. However, if a Holder makes an election to amortize premium on a New Note for a taxable year which includes March 2, 1998 (or any subsequent taxable year), such election and the final regulations will apply to all taxable debt instruments 60 held by the Holder at the beginning of the taxable year in which the election is made, and to all taxable debt instruments acquired thereafter by such Holder. Such election may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. Holders that pay a premium for the New Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the election to amortize premium and the method to be employed. DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note, a Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange or retirement (except to the extent attributable to accrued interest that has not been included in income) and such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Note. A Holder's adjusted tax basis in a New Note will generally equal the Holder's purchase price for such New Note, increased by any market discount previously included in income by the Holder and decreased by the portion of the basis of the New Note allocable to principal payments previously received by the Holder and amortizable bond premium, if any, deducted over the term of the New Note. Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note generally will be capital gain or loss. Recently enacted legislation includes substantial changes to the federal taxation of capital gains recognized by individuals, including a 20% maximum tax rate for certain gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than 18 months. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment of capital gains and losses. The Company does not intend to treat the possibility of an optional redemption or repurchase of the New Notes as giving rise to any accrual of original issue discount or recognition of ordinary income upon redemption, sale or exchange of a New Note. Holders may wish to consider that Treasury Regulations regarding the treatment of certain contingencies were recently issued and may wish to consult their tax advisers in this regard. BACKUP WITHHOLDING Under section 3406 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, a Holder may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 31 percent with respect to "reportable payments," which include interest paid on or the proceeds of a sale, exchange or redemption of the New Notes. They payor will be required to deduct and withhold the prescribed amounts if (i) the payee fails to furnish a Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") to the payor, or otherwise fails to establish an exemption from backup withholding, in the manner required, (ii) the IRS notifies the payor that the TIN furnished by the payee is incorrect, (iii) there has been a "notified payee underreporting" described in section 3406(c) of the Code or (iv) there has been a failure of the payee to certify under penalty of perjury that the payee is not subject to withholding under section 3406(a)(1)(C) of the Code. As a result, if any one of the events listed above occurs, the payor will be required to withhold an amount equal to 31 percent from any interest payment made with respect to the New Notes or any payment of proceeds of a redemption of the New Notes to a noncorporate Holder. Amounts paid as backup withholding do not constitute an additional tax and will be credited against the Holder's federal income tax liability, so long as the required information is provided to the IRS. The Company generally will report to the Holders and to the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payment on the New Notes. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER OF NEW NOTES IN LIGHT OF HIS OR HER PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM FROM THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER TAX LAWS. 61 LEGAL MATTERS The legality of the New Notes will be passed upon for the Company by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California. Robert K. Montgomery, a partner of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, and certain members of his immediate family own approximately 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The audited financial statements included in this Prospectus have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants as indicated in their report with respect thereto, appearing elsewhere herein. 62 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
PAGE ---- Report of Independent Public Accountants.................................. F-2 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................................... F-3 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.............................. F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................................... F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.................................................. F-8
F-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Standard Pacific Corp.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Standard Pacific Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Orange County, California January 23, 1998 F-2 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ---------- ---------- ---------- Revenues................................... $ 584,571 $ 399,863 $ 346,263 Cost of sales.............................. 490,876 348,066 307,794 Noncash charge for impairment of long-lived assets.................................... -- -- 46,491 ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross margin............................. 93,695 51,797 (8,022) ---------- ---------- ---------- Selling, general and administrative ex- penses.................................... 52,141 37,351 34,873 Income from unconsolidated joint ventures.. 3,787 4,708 6,953 Interest expense........................... 4,981 7,142 1,860 Amortization of excess of cost over net as- sets acquired............................. 245 -- -- Other income............................... 931 936 555 ---------- ---------- ---------- Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes....................... 41,046 12,948 (37,247) (Provision) benefit for income taxes....... (17,070) (5,197) 14,890 ---------- ---------- ---------- Income (loss) from continuing operations... 23,976 7,751 (22,357) Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $(1,034), $(408) and $3,636, respectively.................. 48 642 (5,006) Gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes of $(51), $0 and $0, respectively.............................. 3,302 -- -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Income (Loss).......................... $ 27,326 $ 8,393 $ (27,363) ========== ========== ========== Basic Net Income (Loss) Per Share: Income (loss) per share from continuing operations.............................. $ 0.82 $ 0.26 $ (0.73) Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations, net of income taxes......... 0.00 0.02 (0.17) Gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes.......... 0.11 -- -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Income (Loss) Per Share.............. $ 0.93 $ 0.28 $ (0.90) ========== ========== ========== Weighted average common shares outstanding............................. 29,504,477 30,000,492 30,488,676 ========== ========== ========== Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share: Income (loss) per share from continuing operations.............................. $ 0.81 $ 0.26 $ (0.73) Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations, net of income taxes......... 0.00 0.02 (0.17) Gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes.......... 0.11 -- -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Income (Loss) Per Share.............. $ 0.92 $ 0.28 $ (0.90) ========== ========== ========== Weighted average common and diluted shares outstanding...................... 29,807,702 30,011,595 30,488,676 ========== ========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-3 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
AT DECEMBER 31, ----------------- 1997 1996 -------- -------- ASSETS Cash and equivalents..................................... $ 8,381 $ 5,252 Investment securities held to maturity................... -- 5,329 Mortgage notes receivable and accrued interest........... 12,095 3,741 Other notes and accounts receivable, net................. 11,686 8,648 Inventories: Real estate in process of development and completed model homes........................................... 448,951 363,718 Real estate held for sale.............................. 2,897 8,927 Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $3,570 and $3,320, respectively..... 2,515 1,741 Investments in and advances to unconsolidated joint ventures................................................ 26,217 885 Deferred income taxes.................................... 12,136 16,481 Other assets............................................. 7,455 6,325 Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net ............ 6,605 -- -------- -------- Total assets of continuing operations.................... 538,938 421,047 -------- -------- Net assets of discontinued operations.................... 8,727 28,067 -------- -------- Total Assets........................................... $547,665 $449,114 ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY LIABILITIES: Accounts payable and accrued expenses................. $ 49,582 $ 26,958 Unsecured notes payable............................... 19,000 57,300 Trust deed notes payable.............................. 17,174 4,467 10 1/2% senior notes due 2000......................... 78,800 100,000 8 1/2% senior notes due 2007, net..................... 99,331 -- -------- -------- Total Liabilities..................................... 263,887 188,725 -------- -------- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued.............................. -- -- Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 29,637,281 and 29,629,981 shares outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively......................................... 296 296 Paid-in capital....................................... 283,525 283,331 Accumulated deficit................................... (43) (23,238) -------- -------- Total stockholders' equity............................ 283,778 260,389 -------- -------- Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity.......... $547,665 $449,114 ======== ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets. F-4 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
COMMON RETAINED NUMBER OF STOCK EARNINGS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 COMMON PAR PAID-IN (ACCUMULATED AND 1997 SHARES VALUE CAPITAL DEFICIT) - ------------------------------------- ---------- ------ -------- ------------ BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994........... 30,621,931 $306 $289,447 $ 2,990 Exercise of stock options and related income tax benefit.................. 9,000 -- 64 -- Repurchase of common shares.......... (570,650) (5) (3,856) -- Cash dividends declared ($.12 per share).............................. -- -- -- (3,657) Net (loss)........................... -- -- -- (27,363) ---------- ---- -------- -------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995........... 30,060,281 301 285,655 (28,030) Repurchase of common shares.......... (430,300) (5) (2,324) -- Cash dividends declared ($.12 per share).............................. -- -- -- (3,601) Net income........................... -- -- -- 8,393 ---------- ---- -------- -------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996........... 29,629,981 296 283,331 (23,238) Exercise of stock options and related income tax benefit.................. 292,100 3 2,315 -- Repurchase of common shares.......... (284,800) (3) (2,121) -- Cash dividends declared ($.14 per share) ............................. -- -- -- (4,131) Net income........................... -- -- -- 27,326 ---------- ---- -------- -------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997........... 29,637,281 $296 $283,525 $ (43) ========== ==== ======== ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-5 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss)............................... $ 27,326 $ 8,393 $(27,363) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations: Discontinued operations....................... (3,350) (642) 5,006 Noncash charge for impairment of long-lived assets....................................... -- -- 46,491 Depreciation and amortization................. 586 555 231 Amortization of excess of cost over net assets acquired..................................... 245 -- -- Changes in cash and equivalents due to: Inventories................................. (615) (5,376) 52,459 Receivables and accrued interest............ (1,804) (992) 5,988 Investment in and advances to unconsolidated joint ventures............................. (25,332) 3,576 (3,015) Accounts payable and accrued expenses....... 21,083 2,797 (4,665) Deferred income taxes....................... 4,345 1,124 (15,805) Other, net.................................. 4,555 299 206 -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations..................................... 27,039 9,734 59,533 Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations..................................... 37,088 (22,785) 21,371 -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..................................... 64,127 (13,051) 80,904 -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Net cash paid for acquisition................... (65,842) -- -- Net additions to property and equipment......... (1,264) (242) (183) Sales (purchases) of investment securities...... 5,329 81 (1,539) Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations..................................... 8,379 -- -- -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities..................................... (53,398) (161) (1,722) -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net proceeds from (payments on) bank lines of credit and term loans.......................... (38,300) 8,800 (37,750) Net proceeds from the issuance of 8 1/2% senior notes.......................................... 96,931 -- -- Principal payments on senior notes and trust deed notes payable............................. (27,707) (11,021) (12,885) Dividends....................................... (4,131) (3,601) (3,657) Repurchase of common shares..................... (2,124) (2,329) (3,861) Proceeds from exercise of stock options......... 1,705 -- 64 -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..................................... 26,374 (8,151) (58,089) -------- -------- -------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents. 37,103 (21,363) 21,093 Cash and equivalents at beginning of period..... 16,234 37,597 16,504 -------- -------- -------- Cash and equivalents at end of period........... $ 53,337 $ 16,234 $ 37,597 ======== ======== ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-6 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- ------- SUMMARY OF CASH BALANCES: Continuing operations ................................. $ 8,381 $ 5,252 $ 290 Discontinued operations................................ 44,956 10,982 37,307 ------- ------- ------- $53,337 $16,234 $37,597 ======= ======= ======= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid during the period for: Interest--continuing operations.................... $17,026 $16,687 $19,200 Income taxes....................................... 15,500 1,477 530 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH ACTIVITIES: Land acquisitions financed by purchase money trust deeds............................................... $19,214 $ 635 $ 9,444 Expenses capitalized in connection with the issuance of the 8 1/2% senior notes due 2007................. 2,377 -- --
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-7 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1. COMPANY ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS Standard Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), operates primarily as a geographical diversified builder of single-family homes for use as primary residences with operations throughout the major metropolitan markets in California and Texas. Approximately 79 percent of the Company's home deliveries (including the unconsolidated joint ventures) were in California for the year ended December 31, 1997. There have been periods of time in California where economic growth has slowed and the average sales price of homes in certain areas in California in which the Company does business have declined. There can be no assurance that home sales prices will not decline in the future. The Company's business is affected by national, world and local economic conditions and events and the effect such conditions and events have on the markets it serves in California and Texas and in particular by the level of mortgage interest rates and consumer confidence in those regions. The Company cannot predict whether interest rates will be at levels attractive to prospective homebuyers. If interest rates increase, and in particular mortgage interest rates, the Company's operating results could be adversely impacted. In August 1997, the Company formed Family Lending Services, Inc. ("Family Lending Services"), which will operate as a mortgage banking subsidiary of the Company, offering mortgage financing to the Company's home buyers and others. Certain assets were contributed from Standard Pacific Savings, F.A. ("Savings") to capitalize this entity. Family Lending Services is in the process of obtaining required regulatory approvals and mortgage warehouse financing and is currently expected to begin offering mortgage financing to home buyers in the second quarter of 1998. Accordingly, the financial position and related results of operations of Family Lending Services for the year ended December 31, 1997 have been reflected as continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations. The consolidated financial statements also include Standard Pacific Savings, F.A., a federally chartered savings and loan institution, and Panel Concepts, Inc., an office furniture manufacturing subsidiary, which have been treated as discontinued operations (See Note 12). 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES a. Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in which the Company has less than a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method. b. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. c. Cash and Equivalents For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits, and all highly liquid short-term investments, including interest bearing securities purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less. F-8 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) d. Real Estate Inventories For real estate under development the Company capitalizes direct carrying costs, including interest, property taxes and related development costs. Field construction supervision and related direct overhead are also included in the capitalized cost of real estate inventories. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred. Effective December 31, 1995, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets and for Long-lived Assets to be Disposed Of" (FAS 121). FAS 121 requires long-lived assets, including real estate inventories, that are expected to be held and used in operations to be carried at the lower of cost or, if impaired, the fair value of the asset, rather than the net realizable value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of should be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. In evaluating long-lived assets held for use, an impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charge) is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Once a determination has been made that an impairment loss should be recognized for real estate inventories expected to be held and used, various assumptions and estimates are used to determine fair value including, among others, estimated costs of construction, development and marketing, sales absorption rates, anticipated sales prices and carrying costs. The calculation of the impairment loss is based on estimated future cash flows which are calculated to include an appropriate return and interest. The estimates used to determine the impairment adjustment could change in the near term as the economy in the Company's key markets change. The effect of the adoption of FAS 121, plus the effects of continued adverse trends experienced during 1995 in certain of the geographic markets in which the Company operates, on the values of certain of the Company's land holdings, particularly in San Diego county, resulted in a pretax noncash charge of $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. These adverse developments included, among other things, record high foreclosure rates, declines in median home prices and continued anemic economic recovery. e. Capitalization of Interest The Company follows the practice of capitalizing interest on real estate inventories during the period of development in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, "Capitalization of Interest Cost." Interest capitalized as a cost of real estate under development is included in cost of sales as related units are sold. The following is a summary of interest capitalized and expensed from continuing operations for the following periods:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- ------- Total interest incurred during the period........... $17,026 $16,687 $19,200 Less: Interest capitalized as a cost of real estate under development.................................. 12,045 9,545 17,340 ------- ------- ------- Interest expense.................................... $ 4,981 $ 7,142 $ 1,860 ======= ======= ======= Interest previously capitalized as a cost of real estate under development, included in cost of sales.............................................. $23,475 $16,920 $27,638(1) ======= ======= ======= Capitalized interest in ending inventories.......... $13,712 $25,142 $32,517 ======= ======= =======
- -------- (1) Excludes $11.6 million of interest included in the FAS 121 adjustment. F-9 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) f. Property and Equipment Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. g. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." This statement requires a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered. h. Excess of Cost Over Net Assets Acquired The excess amount paid for a business acquisition over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been capitalized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and is being amortized on a straight- line basis over seven years. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $245,000. (See Note 4) i. Revenue Recognition Revenues of residential housing are recorded after construction is completed, required down payments are received and title passes. j. Warranty Costs Estimated future warranty costs are charged to cost of sales in the period when the revenues from home closings are recognized. k. Net Income Per Share Effective December 31, 1997 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 "Earnings per Share" (FAS 128). This statement requires the presentation of both basic and diluted net income per share for financial statement purposes. Basic net income per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share includes the effect of the potential shares outstanding, including dilutive stock options using the treasury stock method. The table below reconciles the components of the basic net income per share calculation to diluted net income per share.
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------- INCOME SHARES EPS INCOME SHARES EPS INCOME SHARES EPS ------- ---------- ----- ------ ---------- ----- -------- ---------- ------ Basic Net Income (Loss) Per Share: Income (loss) available to common stockholders before discontinued operations............ $23,976 29,504,477 $0.82 $7,751 30,000,492 $0.26 $(22,357) 30,488,676 $(0.73) Effect of Dilutive Securities: Stock options.......... -- 303,225 -- 11,103 -- -- ------- ---------- ------ ---------- -------- ---------- Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share: $23,976 29,807,702 $0.81 $7,751 30,011,595 $0.26 $(22,357) 30,488,676 $(0.73) ======= ========== ===== ====== ========== ===== ======== ========== ======
F-10 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) In January 1998, the Company granted an additional 400,000 stock options which were not considered in the calculation above for 1997, however, the effect of these stock options would not have had an impact on the above calculation as they were antidilutive for purposes of computing diluted net income per share. l. Stock-Based Compensation The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plan using the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25). In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (FAS 123). Under the provisions of FAS 123, companies can elect to account for stock-based compensation plans using a fair-value-based method or continue measuring compensation expense for those plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed in APB 25. FAS 123 requires that companies electing to continue using the intrinsic value method must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair-value-based method of accounting had been applied. Effective December 31, 1996, the Company adopted FAS 123 for financial statement disclosure purposes only and accordingly, the adoption had no impact on the Company's results of operations or financial position for the year then ended. m. Reclassifications Effective January 1, 1997, the Company changed its presentation of selling costs in its consolidated statements of operations whereby selling costs are now combined with general and administrative expenses. This presentation is consistent with industry practice. Previously, the Company included these costs as a component of cost of sales. The Company reclassified the prior period amounts to conform with the 1997 presentation. Additionally, certain other items in prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation. 3. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES Summarized financial information related to the Company's joint ventures accounted for under the equity method are as follows:
AT DECEMBER 31, --------------- 1997 1996 ------- ------- Assets: Cash...................................................... $ 5,545 $ 545 Real estate in process of development and completed model homes.................................................... 74,835 9,809 Other assets.............................................. 1,319 3,355 ------- ------- $81,699 $13,709 ======= ======= Liabilities and Equity: Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... $ 5,248 $ 3,409 Construction loans payable................................ 17,442 7,153 Equity.................................................... 59,009 3,147 ------- ------- $81,699 $13,709 ======= =======
F-11 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) The Company's share of equity shown above is approximately $23.5 million and $943,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- ------- Revenues............................................. $24,427 $32,168 $46,166 Cost of revenues..................................... 17,591 23,817 32,881 ------- ------- ------- Net earnings of joint ventures....................... $ 6,836 $ 8,351 $13,285 ======= ======= =======
The Company's share of earnings in the joint ventures detailed above varies, but in no case is its share of earnings greater than 50 percent. Additionally, the Company's ownership interests in the joint ventures varies, but in no case does it exceed 50 percent. In addition, the sole purpose of two of the joint ventures which the Company is party to is to develop finished lots whereby the Company will purchase the lots from the joint venture to construct homes thereon. The Company does not anticipate recording any income or loss from these two joint ventures. 4. ACQUISITION On September 30, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Duc Development Company ("Duc"), a privately held northern California homebuilding company, for cash consideration of approximately $16 million of which approximately $5 million is contingent consideration which is to be paid upon the Company obtaining entitlement approvals on a certain parcel of land. Upon such payment, the amount will be recorded as real estate inventory. In connection with this acquisition, the Company acquired certain other real estate assets related to Duc's operations for approximately $55 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $8 million of debt. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon their estimated fair market values as of the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired totaled approximately $6.85 million, which has been recorded as excess of cost over net assets acquired in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years. In addition, operations for Duc are included in the accompanying statement of operations commencing October 1, 1997. The pro forma effect of including Duc's operations in the Company's consolidated operating results since January 1, 1997 is not presented, as the impact is not material. 5. UNSECURED NOTES PAYABLE AND TRUST DEED NOTES PAYABLE a. Unsecured Notes Payable to Banks In August 1997, the Company and its bank group amended the unsecured Revolving Credit Facility (the "Facility") to, among other things, increase the commitment to $275 million, increase the term of the Facility from three years to four years and reduce the cost of borrowings and other fees. The Facility has a current maturity date of July 31, 2001. The Facility contains covenants which require, among other things, the maintenance of certain amounts of tangible stockholders' equity, the maintenance of debt-to-equity ratios, and minimum interest coverage ratio provisions, as defined. The Facility also contains provisions which may, in certain circumstances, limit the amount the Company may borrow under the credit facility. At December 31, F-12 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1997, the Company had borrowings of $19.0 million outstanding under this Facility. Interest rates charged under this Facility primarily include Eurodollar and prime rate pricing options. In addition to fees charged on the commitment and unused portion of the Facility, this Facility also requires the Company to maintain a compensating balance, as defined. As of December 31, 1997, and throughout the year, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Revolving Credit Facility. b. Trust Deed Notes Payable At December 31, 1997 and 1996, trust deed notes payable primarily consist of trust deeds on land purchases. At December 31, 1997, the weighted average interest rate on these trust deeds was approximately 8.0 percent. c. Borrowings and Maturities The following summarizes the borrowings during the three years ended December 31, 1997 for the unsecured notes payable and trust deed notes payable:
1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- -------- Maximum borrowings outstanding during year at month end...................................... $98,295 $91,299 $101,947 Average outstanding balance during the year..... $45,395 $78,552 $ 86,377 Weighted average interest rate for the year..... 7.3% 6.8% 7.5% Weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding at year end........................ 7.9% 7.1% 6.8%
Maturities of the trust deed notes payable and the 8 1/2% and 10 1/2% Senior Notes (see Note 6 below) are as follows:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 1998............................................................. $ 34,836 1999............................................................. 22,338 2000............................................................. 38,800 2001............................................................. -- 2002............................................................. -- Thereafter....................................................... 99,331 -------- $195,305 ========
6. SENIOR NOTES In 1993, the Company issued $100 million principal amount of its 10 1/2% Senior Notes due March 1, 2000 (the "10 1/2% Senior Notes"). Interest is due and payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year. The 10 1/2% Senior Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company prior to maturity. The Company is required to make annual mandatory sinking fund payments sufficient to retire 20 percent of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes ($20 million per year) commencing on March 1, 1997, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, with the balance of the notes ($38.8 million) retired on March 1, 2000. The Company made its first $20 million sinking fund payment on the 10 1/2% Senior Notes on March 1, 1997. In June 1997, the Company issued $100 million of 8 1/2% Senior Notes due June 15, 2007 (the "8 1/2% Senior Notes"). The 8 1/2% Senior Notes were issued at a discount to yield approximately 8.6 percent and have been reflected net of the unamortized discount in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Interest is due and payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year until maturity. These notes are redeemable at the option of F-13 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) the Company, in whole or in part, commencing June 15, 2002 at a price of 104.25 percent of par value, with the call price reducing ratably to par on June 15, 2005. Net proceeds to the Company after offering expenses were approximately $96.9 million. Both the 10 1/2% and 8 1/2% Senior Notes (the "Notes") are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with the Company's other existing senior unsecured indebtedness. The Company will, under certain circumstances, be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of both the 10 1/2% and 8 1/2% Senior Notes in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth, as defined, and under certain other circumstances. In addition, the Notes contain other restrictive covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. As of December 31, 1997, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of both the 10 1/2% and 8 1/2% Senior Notes. 7. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate: Cash and Equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. These assets primarily consist of short term investments and demand deposits. Investment Securities Held to Maturity--These investments for 1996 consist primarily of U.S. government and corporate debt securities which are publicly traded. The fair value of these issues is based on their quoted market prices at year end. Revolving Credit Facility--The carrying amounts of the revolving credit obligations approximate market value because of the frequency of repricing the borrowings (usually 7 to 90 day maturities). Trust Deed Notes Payable--These notes are primarily for purchase money deeds of trust on land acquired. These notes have maturities ranging from 3 months to three years. The rates of interest paid on these notes approximate the current rates available for secured real estate financing with similar terms and maturities, therefore, carrying amounts approximate fair value. 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2000--This issue is publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Consequently, the fair value of this issue is based on its quoted market price at year end. 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007--This issue is also publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, the fair value of this issue is based on its quoted market price at year end. The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments from continuing operations are as follows:
AT DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------------- 1997 1996 ----------------- ----------------- CARRYING FAIR CARRYING FAIR AMOUNT VALUE AMOUNT VALUE -------- -------- -------- -------- Financial Assets: Cash and equivalents.................. $ 8,381 $ 8,381 $ 5,252 $ 5,252 Investment securities held to maturity............................. -- -- 5,329 5,379 Financial Liabilities: Revolving credit facility............. $19,000 $ 19,000 $ 57,300 $ 57,300 Trust deed notes payable.............. 17,174 17,174 4,467 4,467 10 1/2% senior notes due 2000......... 78,800 82,669 100,000 103,375 8 1/2% senior notes due 2007.......... 99,331 102,990 -- --
F-14 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company leases office facilities under noncancelable operating leases. Generally, the Company is required to pay taxes and insurance and maintain the assets under such operating leases. Future minimum rental payments on operating leases having an initial term in excess of one year as of December 31, 1997, including Savings, are as follows: 1998.............................................................. $ 990 1999.............................................................. 950 2000.............................................................. 954 2001.............................................................. 859 2002.............................................................. 344 Thereafter........................................................ 210 ------ Subtotal........................................................ 4,307 Less--Sublease income............................................. (323) ------ Net rental obligations.......................................... $3,984 ======
Rent expense, net of sublease income, under noncancelable operating leases for the three years ended December 31, 1997 was approximately $1.3 million, $1.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are parties to claims and litigation proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Although the legal responsibility and financial impact with respect to certain claims and litigation cannot presently be ascertained, the Company does not believe that these matters will result in the payment by the Company of monetary damages, net of any applicable insurance proceeds, that, in the aggregate, would be material in relation to the consolidated financial position of the Company. It is reasonably possible that the reserves provided for by the Company with respect to such claims and litigation could change in the near term. 9. INCOME TAXES The Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations includes the following components:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------- ------ -------- Current: Federal.......................................... $12,909 $ 766 $ 3,301 State............................................ 3,471 209 991 ------- ------ -------- 16,380 975 4,292 ------- ------ -------- Deferred: Federal.......................................... 535 3,254 (14,731) State............................................ 155 968 (4,451) ------- ------ -------- 690 4,222 (19,182) ------- ------ -------- Total Provision (Benefit).......................... $17,070 $5,197 $(14,890) ======= ====== ========
F-15 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) The components of the Company's deferred income tax asset (liability) from continuing operations as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:
1997 1996 ------- ------- Inventory adjustments...................................... $10,610 $12,093 Financial accruals......................................... 5,885 4,144 Nondeductible purchase price............................... (4,613) -- Other...................................................... 254 244 ------- ------- $12,136 $16,481 ======= =======
At December 31, 1997, the Company has a consolidated net deferred tax asset of approximately $12.1 million reflecting the balance of the benefit created primarily as a result of the $46.5 million noncash charge taken during 1995 related to the impairment of long-lived assets. A significant portion of this asset's realization is dependent upon the Company's ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced or if tax rates are lowered. The effective tax rate differs from the Federal statutory rate of 35 percent for 1997 and 34 percent for 1996 and 1995 due to the following items:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- -------- Financial income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes............... $41,046 $12,948 $(37,247) ======= ======= ======== Provision (benefit) for income taxes at statutory rate............................... $14,366 $ 4,402 $(12,664) Increases (decreases) in tax resulting from: State income taxes, net..................... 2,481 796 (2,286) Other....................................... 223 (1) 60 ------- ------- -------- Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... $17,070 $ 5,197 $(14,890) ======= ======= ======== Effective tax (benefit) rate.................. 41.6% 40.1% (40.0)% ======= ======= ========
10. STOCK OPTION PLAN In 1991, the Company adopted the 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to which officers, directors and employees of the Company are eligible to receive options to purchase common stock of the Company. Under the Plan the maximum number of shares of Company stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted is one million. On May 13, 1997, the shareholders of the Company approved the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan"). Under the 1997 Plan, the maximum number of shares of Company stock that may be issued is two million. Options are typically granted to purchase shares at prices equal to the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant. The options typically vest over a one to five year period and are generally exercisable at various dates over one to 10 year periods. When the options are exercised, the proceeds are credited to equity along with the related income tax benefits, if any. F-16 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) The following is a summary of the transactions relating to the two respective Plans for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995:
1997 1996 1995 ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE --------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- Options, beginning of year................... 928,590 $ 6.30 721,590 $9.73 771,990 $9.80 Granted................. 343,000 10.70 365,000 6.35 20,000 5.75 Exercised............... (292,100) 5.81 -- -- (9,000) 6.88 Canceled................ (20,500) 7.83 (158,000) 9.48 (61,400) 9.76 --------- ------ -------- ----- ------- ----- Outstanding, end of year................... 958,990 $ 7.99 928,590 $6.30 721,590 $9.73 ========= ====== ======== ===== ======= ===== Options exercisable at end of year............ 360,990 588,590 671,590 ========= ======== ======= Options available for future grant........... 1,685,275 7,775 214,775 ========= ======== =======
In January 1998, the Company granted an additional 400,000 stock options pursuant to the 1997 Plan. During the fourth quarter of 1996 the Company repriced 326,100 options which were previously granted to nonexecutive employees. The new price represents the fair market value of the shares at the date of repricing. Additionally, the weighted average exercise price for all options outstanding as of December 31, 1996 reflects the repriced options at their new exercise price. The following information is provided pursuant to the requirements of FAS 123. The fair value of each option granted during the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 is estimated using the Black--Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:
1997 1996 1995 ------- ------- ------- Dividend yield.................................... 1.31% 2.0% 2.1% Expected volatility............................... 43.80% 46.30% 53.46% Risk-free interest rate........................... 6.17% 6.12% 6.70% Expected life..................................... 5 years 5 years 5 years
The 958,990 options outstanding as of December 31, 1997 have exercise prices between $5.38 and $13.75, with a weighted average exercise price of $7.99 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.72 years. As of December 31, 1997, 360,990 of these options are exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $6.47. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $6.55, $2.75 and $2.66, respectively. F-17 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) During the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, no compensation expense was recognized related to the stock options granted, however, had compensation cost been determined consistent with FAS 123 for the Company's 1997, 1996 and 1995 grants for its stock-based compensation plan, the Company's net income (loss), and diluted net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 would approximate the pro forma amounts below:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- AS REPORTED PRO FORMA AS REPORTED PRO FORMA AS REPORTED PRO FORMA ----------- --------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- Net income (loss)....... $27,326 $27,100 $8,393 $7,619 $(27,363) $(27,394) Diluted net income (loss) per common share.................. $ .92 $ .91 $ .28 $ .25 $ (.90) $ (.90)
The effects of applying FAS 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not indicative of future amounts. 11. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PLAN The Company has a stockholder rights agreement (the "Agreement") in place. Under the Agreement, one right will be granted for each share of the Company's outstanding common stock. Each right entitles the holder, in certain takeover situations, as defined, and after paying the exercise price (currently $40), to purchase Company common stock having a market value equal to two times the exercise price. Also, if the Company is merged into another corporation, or if 50 percent or more of the Company's assets are sold, the rightholders may be entitled, upon payment of the exercise price, to buy common shares of the acquiring corporation at a 50 percent discount from the then current market value. In either situation, these rights are not available to the acquiring party. However, these exercise features will not be activated if the acquiring party makes an offer to acquire all of the Company's outstanding shares at a price which is judged by the Board of Directors to be fair to all Company stockholders. The rights may be redeemed by the Company under certain circumstances at the rate of $.01 per right. The rights will expire on December 31, 2001, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged. In July 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the repurchase of up to $10 million of the Company's common stock. In January 1997, the Board increased the repurchase limit to $20 million. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company repurchased 284,800 shares of its common stock for an aggregate price of $2.1 million. Since July 1995, the Company has repurchased an aggregate of 1,285,750 shares of its common stock for approximately $8.3 million through the year ended December 31, 1997. 12. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a plan of disposition (the "Plan") for the Company's savings and loan subsidiary. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company sold substantially all of Savings' mortgage loan portfolio in June 1997. The proceeds from the sale of the mortgages were used to pay off substantially all of the outstanding balances of Federal Home Loan Bank advances with the remaining amount temporarily invested until the savings deposits are sold along with Savings' remaining assets. In June 1997, the Company also entered into a definitive agreement to sell the remainder of Savings' business, including Savings' charter. The definitive agreement was subject to a number of conditions, including, approval of the transaction by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). As a result of the failure of the OTS to approve the transaction prior to the definitive agreement's termination date, the definitive agreement terminated on January 31, 1998. The Company plans to continue pursuing a disposition strategy with respect to Savings and, therefore, Savings F-18 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of its operations have been segregated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management currently estimates that both the disposition of Savings under the Plan and the operating results of Savings for the period through the disposition will not result in a significant gain or loss to the Company. In November 1997, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the outstanding stock of Panel Concepts, Inc. ("Panel") to a third party which closed December 1, 1997. A net gain of approximately $3.3 million has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated results of operations. Proceeds from the sale of Panel were approximately $9.5 million before transaction and other related costs. In addition, certain non-operating assets of Panel totaling approximately $9 million were distributed to the Company prior to the closing. Panel has also been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, the results of its operations have been segregated in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the assets and liabilities of both Savings and Panel have been classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as "Net assets of discontinued operations." Interest income and product sales from these discontinued operations aggregated $31,784,000, $39,383,000, and $40,982,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The components of net assets of discontinued operations included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:
AT DECEMBER 31, ---------------- 1997 1996 ------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS Cash and equivalents...................................... $44,956 $ 10,982 Accounts receivable, net.................................. -- 2,425 Investment securities available for sale.................. 22,559 42,440 Mortgage notes receivable and accrued interest, net....... 317 199,135 Manufacturing inventories................................. -- 1,432 Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $598 and $4,189, respectively........ 98 4,527 Real estate acquired in settlement of loans, net.......... -- 2,079 Deferred income taxes..................................... 1,273 1,581 Investment in FHLB stock.................................. 8,465 7,958 Other assets.............................................. 108 1,813 ------- -------- Total assets--discontinued operations................... $77,776 $274,372 ------- -------- LIABILITIES Savings accounts.......................................... $50,230 $132,813 FHLB advances............................................. 18,000 109,000 Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... 819 4,492 ------- -------- Total liabilities--discontinued operations.............. 69,049 246,305 ------- -------- Net assets of discontinued operations..................... $ 8,727 $ 28,067 ======= ========
F-19 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 13. RESULTS OF QUARTERLY OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER TOTAL(1) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 1997: Revenues..................... $111,303 $140,578 $177,150 $155,541 $584,571 Income from continuing operations before taxes..... 5,146 7,955 11,660 16,285 41,046 Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes............. 484 (24) 367 (779) 48 Gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes............. -- -- -- 3,302 3,302 Net income................... $ 3,517 $ 4,667 $ 7,241 $ 11,901 $ 27,326 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Diluted Net Income Per Share: Income per share from continuing operations....... $ 0.10 $ 0.16 $ 0.23 $ 0.32 $ 0.81 Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations, net of income taxes............. 0.02 0.00 0.01 (0.03) 0.00 Gain per share on disposal of discontinued operation, net of income taxes............. -- -- -- 0.11 0.11 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income per share......... $ 0.12 $ 0.16 $ 0.24 $ 0.40 $ 0.92 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== 1996: Revenues..................... $ 61,584 $101,727 $105,417 $131,135 $399,863 Income from continuing operations before taxes..... 715 2,902 4,158 5,173 12,948 Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes............. 144 478 (472) 492 642 Net income................... $ 573 $ 2,211 $ 2,025 $ 3,584 $ 8,393 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Diluted Net Income Per Share: Income per share from continuing operations....... $ 0.02 $ 0.06 $ 0.08 $ 0.10 $ 0.26 Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations, net of income taxes............. -- 0.01 (0.01) 0.02 0.02 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income per share......... $ 0.02 $ 0.07 $ 0.07 $ 0.12 $ 0.28 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
- -------- (1) Some amounts do not add across due to rounding differences in quarterly amounts. 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED) In February 1998, the Company issued $100 million of 8% Senior Notes due February 15, 2008 (the "Old Notes"). The Old Notes were issued at a discount to yield approximately 8.1 percent. Interest is due and payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year until maturity. These notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, commencing February 15, 2003 at 104.00 percent of par, with the call price reducing ratably to par on February 15, 2006. Net proceeds to the Company after offering expenses were approximately $97.3 million. Approximately $54.3 million of the net proceeds was used to repay the indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility on the date of closing (February 10, 1998), with the balance of the net proceeds to be used (i) to fund a $20 million sinking fund payment due on March 1, 1998 on the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes, (ii) to repay an approximately $11.2 million trust deed note payable due in March of 1998 and (iii) for general corporate purposes. F-20 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (DOLLARS PRESENTED IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) The Old Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with the Company's other existing senior unsecured indebtedness. The Company will, under certain circumstances, be obligated to make an offer to purchase a portion of the Old Notes in the event of the Company's failure to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth, as defined, and under certain other circumstances. In addition, the Old Notes contain other restrictive covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) make restricted payments, as defined, and (iv) sell assets. F-21 No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or solicitation of an offer to buy, to any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof. TABLE OF CONTENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Available Information...................................................... 3 Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference............................ 3 Summary.................................................................... 4 Statement Regarding Forward Looking Disclosure............................. 14 Risk Factors............................................................... 14 The Exchange Offer......................................................... 17 Capitalization............................................................. 26 Selected Consolidated Financial Data....................................... 27 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................................................ 28 Business................................................................... 35 Description of Certain Indebtedness........................................ 41 Description of the New Notes............................................... 42 Plan of Distribution....................................................... 58 Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.................... 59 Legal Matters.............................................................. 62 Independent Auditors....................................................... 62 Index to Financial Statements.............................................. F-1
[LOGO OF STANDARD PACIFIC CORP.] STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. Offer for All Outstanding 8% Senior Notes due 2008 in Exchange for 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008 --------------- PROSPECTUS --------------- , 1998 PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of Standard Pacific Corp. (the "Registrant") under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933. The Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate") and Bylaws provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the is a director or officer of the Registrant or is or was serving at the request or the Registrant as a director or officer of another corporation or enterprise. The Registrant has also entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors. The Registrant may, in its discretion, similarly indemnify its employees and agents. The Registrant's Certificate relieves its directors from monetary damages to the Registrant or its stockholders for breach of such director's fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Depending upon the character of the proceeding, under Delaware law, the Registrant may indemnify against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if the person indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. To the extent that a director or officer of the Registrant has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, the Registrant would have the right to indemnify him or her against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) Exhibits
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT ------- ---------------------- 1.1 Purchase Agreement, dated February 5, 1998, by and among the Company and SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. *4.1 Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1991, between the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company of California, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 33-42293). *4.2 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated March 5, 1993 with respect to the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2000 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 1993. *4.3 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated June 17, 1997 with respect to the Registrant's 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 17, 1997.
II-1
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT ------- ---------------------- *4.4 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated February 5, 1998 with respect to the Company's 8% Senior Notes due 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 10, 1998. *4.5 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 5, 1998 between the Company and SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 10, 1998. **4.6 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated , 1998 with respect to the Company's 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008. *4.7 Indenture dated as of April 1, 1992 by and between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York, Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 24, 1993. 4.8 Form of Letter of Transmittal regarding the offer for all outstanding 8% Senior Notes due 2008 in exchange for 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008. 5.1 Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. 12.1 Statements re computation of ratios. 23.1 Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. 24.1 Power of Attorney (contained on signature page hereto). 25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.
- -------- * Previously filed. ** To be filed by amendment. (b) Financial Statement Schedules All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted. ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS The undersigned hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by II-2 controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post- effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. II-3 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Costa Mesa, State of California, on March 12, 1998. STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. /s/ Arthur E. Svendsen By: _________________________________ Arthur E. Svendsen Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Arthur E. Svendsen, Stephen J. Scarborough and Andrew H. Parnes, and each of them, his attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, including a registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully as to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ Arthur E. Svendsen Chairman of the Board, Chief March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Executive Officer and Arthur E. Svendsen Director /s/ Stephen J. Scarborough President and Director March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Stephen J. Scarborough /s/ Andrew H. Parnes Vice President, Chief March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Financial Officer and Andrew H. Parnes Treasurer /s/ Dr. James L. Doti Director March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Dr. James L. Doti Director ____________________________________ Ronald R. Foell /s/ Keith D. Koeller Director March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Keith D. Koeller
II-4
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- Director ____________________________________ William H. Langenberg /s/ Donald H. Spengler Director March 12, 1998 ____________________________________ Donald H. Spengler Director ____________________________________ Robert J. St. Lawrence
II-5 EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENTIALLY NUMBER EXHIBIT NUMBERED PAGE ------- -------------- ------------- 1.1 Purchase Agreement, dated February 5, 1998, by and among the Company and SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. *4.1 Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1991, between the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company of California, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 33-42293). *4.2 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated March 5, 1993 with respect to the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2000 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 1993. *4.3 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated June 17, 1997 with respect to the Registrant's 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8- K dated June 17, 1997. *4.4 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated February 5, 1998 with respect to the Company's 8% Senior Notes due 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10- K dated March 10, 1998. *4.5 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 5, 1998 between the Company and SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 10, 1998. **4.6 Standard Pacific Corp. Officers' Certificate dated , 1998 with respect to the Company's 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008. *4.7 Indenture dated as of April 1, 1992 by and between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York, Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 24, 1993. 4.8 Form of Letter of Transmittal regarding the offer for all outstanding 8% Senior Notes due 2008 in exchange for 8% Series A Senior Notes due 2008. 5.1 Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. 12.1 Statements re computation of ratios. 23.1 Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. 24.1 Power of Attorney (contained on signature page hereto). 25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.
- -------- * Previously filed. ** To be filed by amendment. EX-1.1 2 PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED 2/5/1998 EXHIBIT 1.1 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. $100,000,000 8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 PURCHASE AGREEMENT ------------------ February 5, 1998 SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC. BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION as Initial Purchasers c/o SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. 535 Madison Avenue New York, New York 10022 Dear Sirs: Standard Pacific Corp. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, ------- proposes to issue and sell to SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Initial Purchasers") $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8% ------------------ Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Notes"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an ----- indenture (the "Indenture"), dated April 1, 1992, by and between the Company --------- and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used- but not otherwise defined herein shall ------- have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or the Offering Memorandum (as defined below). The Notes will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the "Act") (the "Offering"). The Company has prepared a final offering memorandum, --- -------- dated and available for distribution on the date hereof (the "Offering -------- Memorandum"), relating to the Company and the Notes. - ---------- The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that the Initial Purchasers intend, as soon as they deem advisable after this Purchase Agreement has been executed and delivered, to resell (the "Exempt Resales") the Notes -------------- purchased by the Initial Purchasers under this Purchase Agreement (this "Agreement") in private sales exempt from registration under the --------- Act on the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, solely to (i) persons whom the Initial Purchasers reasonably believe to be "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in Rule 144A under the Act ("QIBs"), in compliance with Rule 144A and (ii) other eligible ---- purchasers pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the U.S. within the meaning of Regulation S under the Act; the persons specified in clauses (i)-(ii) are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Eligible Purchasers." ------------------- Holders (including subsequent transferees) of the Notes will have the registration rights set forth in the registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), to be dated the Closing Date (as defined in - ------------------------------ Section 2 below), substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, for --------- so long as such Notes constitute "Transfer Restricted Securities" (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will agree to (A) file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), under the circumstances set forth in the ---------- Registration Rights Agreement, (i) a registration statement under the Act (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") relating to the Company's 8% Senior - -------------------------------------- Notes due 2008 to be offered in exchange (the "Exchange Notes") for the Notes -------------- (the "Exchange Offer") and/or (ii) a shelf registration statement pursuant to -------------- Rule 415 under the Act (the "Shelf Registration Statement" and, together with ---------------------------- the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the "Registration Statements") ----------------------- relating to the resale by certain holders of the Notes, and (B) use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statements to be declared effective as soon as practicable. This Agreement, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Operative Documents." ------------------- Upon original issuance of the Notes and until such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable requirements of the Act, the Notes shall bear the legend provided in the Offering Memorandum. The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree as follows: 1. SALE AND PURCHASE. Upon the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement, and subject to the other terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers, and each Initial Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. The purchase price for the Notes shall be 97.571% of their principal amount. 2. PAYMENT AND DELIVERY. Payment of the purchase price for the Notes shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to an account of the Company designated by the Company at least two business days prior to the payment date, against delivery of the certificates for the Notes for the account of the Initial Purchasers. Delivery of, and payment of the purchase price for, the Notes shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the third business day following the date of this Agreement (the "Closing ------- Date") at the - ---- 2 offices of O'Melveny & Myers LLP, 610 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California. The Closing Date, and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Notes may be varied by mutual agreement between the Initial Purchasers and the Company. One or more of the Notes in global form or certificated form, as the case may be, registered in such names as the Initial Purchasers may request upon at least one business day's notice prior to the Closing Date, having an aggregate principal amount corresponding to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes sold pursuant to Exempt Resales to QIBs, in the case of the Notes in global form, and to other Eligible Purchasers, in the case of Notes in certificated form sold pursuant to Regulation S, shall be delivered by the Company to the Initial Purchasers (or as the Initial Purchasers direct), against payment by the Initial Purchasers of the purchase price therefor by means of transfer of immediately available funds (including book transfer) reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers and the Company to the order of the Company. The Notes in global form shall be made available to the Initial Purchasers for inspection not later than 9:30 a.m. on the business day immediately preceding the Closing Date. 3. AGREEMENTS OF THE ISSUER. The Company covenants and agrees with the Initial Purchasers as follows: (a) To furnish the Initial Purchaser and those persons identified by the Initial Purchaser, without charge, with as many copies of the Offering Memorandum, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request for purposes contemplated by the Act. The Company consents to the use of the Offering Memorandum, and any amendments and supplements thereto required pursuant to this Agreement, by the Initial Purchasers in connection with Exempt Resales that are in compliance with Section 4(B) of this Agreement. (b) Not to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum prior to the Closing Date unless the Initial Purchasers shall previously have been advised of, and shall not have objected to (any such objection not to be unreasonable), such amendment or supplement within a reasonable time, but in any event not longer than five days after being furnished with a copy of such amendment or supplement. The Company shall promptly prepare, upon the Initial Purchasers' reasonable request, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum that may be necessary or advisable in connection with Exempt Resales. (c) If, during the time that an Offering Memorandum is required to be delivered in connection with any Exempt Resales or market-making transactions after the date of this Agreement and prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any event shall occur that, in the judgment of the 3 Company or in the judgment of counsel to the Initial Purchasers, makes any statement of a material fact in the Offering Memorandum untrue or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Offering Memorandum in order to make the statements in the Offering Memorandum, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with all applicable laws, the Company shall promptly notify the Initial Purchasers of such event and prepare an appropriate amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum so that (i) the statements in the Offering Memorandum as amended or supplemented will, in the light of the circumstances at the time that the Offering Memorandum is delivered to prospective Eligible Purchasers, not be misleading and (ii) the Offering Memorandum will comply with applicable law. (d) To furnish such information as may be required and otherwise to cooperate with the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers in qualifying the Notes and Exchange Notes for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may request and to maintain such qualification in effect so long as required for the Exempt Resales; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject (except service of process with respect to the offering and sale of the Notes and Exchange Notes); and to promptly advise the Initial Purchasers of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. (e) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement becomes effective or is terminated, to pay all costs, expenses, fees and disbursements of the Company (including fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) incident to and in connection with: (i) the preparation, printing, filing and distribution of the Offering Memorandum (including, without limitation, financial statements) and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) the preparation and delivery of the Operative Documents and all other agreements, memoranda, correspondence and documents prepared and delivered in connection with this Agreement and with the Exempt Resales, (iii) the issuance, transfer and delivery by the Company of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers, (iv) the qualification or registration of the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the several states 4 (including, without limitation, the cost of mailing a preliminary and final Blue Sky memorandum and the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Initial Purchasers relating thereto), (v) the furnishing of such copies of the Offering Memorandum, and all amendments and supplements thereto, as may be reasonably requested for use in connection with Exempt Resales, (vi) the preparation of certificates for the Notes and Exchange Notes (including, without limitation, printing and engraving thereof), (vii) the application for eligibility of the Notes for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market of the National ------ Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), including, but not ---- limited to, all application fees and expenses, (viii) the approval of the Notes and Exchange Notes by The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") for "book- --- entry" transfer, (ix) the rating of the Notes and Exchange Notes by rating agencies, (x) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel and (xi) the performance by the Company of its other obligations under the Operative Documents, including, but not limited to, the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants. (f) To use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes in the manner described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption "Use of Proceeds." (g) To do and perform all things required to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior to or after the Closing Date and to use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy all conditions precedent on its part to the delivery of the Notes. (h) Not to sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Act) that would be integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner that would require the registration under the Act of the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers or any Eligible Purchasers. (i) From and after the Closing Date, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act and during which period, or any part thereof, the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), to make available ------------ the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act to (i) any holder or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale of such Notes and (ii) any prospective purchaser of such Notes from any such holder or beneficial owner designated by the holder or beneficial owner. (j) To comply with all of its agreements set forth in 5 the Registration Rights Agreement and all agreements set forth in the representations letter of the Company to DTC relating to the approval of the Notes by DTC for "book-entry" transfer. (k) To use its best efforts to effect the eligibility of the Notes for trading in the PORTAL market and to obtain approval of the Notes by DTC for "book-entry" transfer. (l) From and after the Closing Date, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, to deliver without charge to the Initial Purchasers, promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all reports and other communications (financial or otherwise) that the Company shall mail or otherwise make available to its security holders, (ii) all reports or financial statements furnished to or filed by the Company with the Commission or any national securities exchange and (iii) such other publicly available information as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request regarding the Company and its subsidiaries. (m) Prior to the Closing Date, to furnish to the Initial Purchasers, as soon as they have been prepared by the Company, a copy of any regularly prepared internal financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the financial statements appearing in the Offering Memorandum and prior to the Closing Date. (n) Not to distribute prior to the Closing Date any offering material in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes other than the Offering Memorandum. 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. (A) The Company represents and warrants to the Initial Purchasers that: (1) The Company acknowledges that the Offering Memorandum has been prepared in connection with the Exempt Resales. Neither the Offering Memorandum nor any supplement or amendment thereto, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the -------- ------- Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to information contained in or omitted from the Offering Memorandum, as supplemented or amended, in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Initial Purchasers furnished to the Company by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use in the Offering Memorandum or any supplement or amendment thereto. No order asserting that any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the registration requirements of 6 the Act has been issued or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened. (2) As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has the authorized, issued and outstanding equity capitalization as set forth under the heading entitled "Actual" in the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled "Capitalization" and, as of the Closing Date, the Company shall have an authorized equity capitalization as set forth under the heading entitled "As Adjusted" in the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled "Capitalization"; all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable and was not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights. (3) The Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock and other securities evidencing equity ownership of its subsidiaries (other than Homebuilding Joint Ventures) free and clear of any pledge, fiduciary transfer, security interest, claim, lien, limitation on voting rights or encumbrance, and all such securities will have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not have been issued in violation of, or subject to, any preemptive or similar rights. There will not be any outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest of any subsidiary (other than Homebuilding Joint Ventures). (4) The Company and each of its subsidiaries (other than Homebuilding Joint Ventures) has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to (a) carry on its business as it is currently being conducted and as described in the Offering Memorandum and (b) own, lease, license and operate its respective properties in accordance with its business as currently conducted. The Company and each of its subsidiaries is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. A "Material Adverse Effect" means any ----------------------- material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or other), properties, assets, liabilities, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. (5) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under the Operative Documents and to consummate 7 the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and, without limitation, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver the Notes. (6) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. (7) The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, has been executed and delivered by the Company and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability of the Indenture may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought. The Indenture conforms in all material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum. (8) The Notes have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and sale to the Initial Purchasers by the Company and, when issued, authenticated and delivered by the Company against payment by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture, the Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except that enforceability of the Notes may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought. The Notes, when issued, authenticated and delivered, will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum. (9) The Exchange Notes have been duly and validly authorized for issuance by the Company and, when issued, authenticated and delivered by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the Exchange Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except that enforceability of the Exchange Notes may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought. The Exchange Notes, when issued, authenticated and delivered, will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the 8 Offering Memorandum. (10) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered by the Company, will be a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that (a) enforceability of the Registration Rights Agreement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought and (b) any rights to indemnity or contribution thereunder may be limited by federal and state securities laws and public policy considerations. The Registration Rights Agreement will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum. (11) None of the Company or its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, bylaws or other organizational document or (B) in default (or, with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in default) in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease, license, franchise agreement, authorization, permit, certificate or other agreement or instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their assets or properties is subject (collectively, "Agreements"), ---------- or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any domestic or foreign court with jurisdiction over any of them or any of their assets or properties or other governmental or regulatory authority, agency or other body, that, in the case of clauses (B) and (C) above, would, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. There exists no condition that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such document or instrument or result in the imposition of any penalty or the acceleration of any indebtedness, other than penalties, defaults or conditions that would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. (12) The execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement and each of the other Operative Documents does not or will not violate, conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a default under (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default), or require consent under, or result in the creation or imposition of a lien, charge or encumbrance on any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the 9 charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any bond, debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (iii) any law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their assets or properties or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any domestic or foreign court or governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their assets or properties. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 4(B) of this Agreement, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration, qualification, license or permit of or with, any court or governmental agency, body or administrative agency, domestic or foreign, is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, except (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made prior to Closing, (ii) registration of the Notes or Exchange Notes under the Act pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (iii) such as may be required by the NASD or (iv) such as may be required by the securities or blue sky laws of the various states. No consents or waivers from any other person or entity are required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such as have been or will be obtained or made prior to closing. (13) There is (i) except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court, arbitrator or governmental agency, body or official, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or its subsidiaries, threatened or contemplated, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which the business, assets or property of such person is or may be subject, (ii) except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, no statute, rule, regulation or order that has been enacted, adopted or issued or, to the knowledge of the Company or its subsidiaries, that has been proposed by any governmental body or agency, domestic or foreign, (iii) no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a federal or state court or foreign court of competent jurisdiction to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be subject that (x) in the case of clause (i) above, is reasonably likely to, either individually or in the aggregate, (1) result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (2) interfere with or adversely affect the issuance of the Notes or the Exchange Notes in any 10 jurisdiction or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by any of the Operative Documents, and (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would, either individually or in the aggregate, (1) result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (2) interfere with or adversely affect the issuance of the Notes or the Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by any of the Operative Documents. Every request of any securities authority or agency of any jurisdiction for additional information with respect to Notes or the Exchange Notes that has been received by the Company or its counsel prior to the date hereof has been, or will prior to the Closing Date be, complied with. (14) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the actual knowledge of the Company is imminent that might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all respects with, as applicable and except where a failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect, all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"); no ----- unwaivable "reportable event" (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company or its subsidiaries would have any liability; none of the Company or its subsidiaries has incurred or expects to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan" or (ii) Sections 412, 4971 or 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the "Code"); and each "pension plan" that is maintained or ---- contributed to by the Company or its subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination from the Internal Revenue Service to that effect and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, that would adversely affect such determination. (15) Except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, the Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) is in compliance with, and not subject to costs or liabilities under, any and all local, state, provincial, federal and foreign laws, regulations, rules of common law, orders and decrees, as in effect as of the date hereof, and any presently effective judgments, decrees, orders and injunctions issued or promulgated thereunder, in each case, relating to pollution or protection of public and employee health and safety and the environment applicable to it or its business or operations or ownership or use of its property ("Environmental Laws"), other than such ------------------ noncompliance or costs or liabilities that would not, either 11 individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) possesses all permits, licenses or other approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws and has no reason to believe all such permits, licenses and other approvals to expire within the next five years will not be renewed or otherwise extended or reissued in due course, in each case, other than such permits, licenses or approvals the lack of which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All currently pending and, to their knowledge, threatened proceedings, notices of violation, demands, notices of potential responsibility or liability, suits and existing environmental conditions with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have any liability are fully and accurately described in all material respects in the Offering Memorandum except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. (16) The Company and each of its subsidiaries has (i) good and marketable title to all of the properties and assets described in the Offering Memorandum as owned by it and good and marketable title to the leasehold estates in the real and personal property described in the Offering Memorandum as leased by it, free and clear of all Liens (as defined in the Indenture), except for Liens described in the Offering Memorandum, Liens permitted under the Indenture and such Liens as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) all licenses, certificates, permits, authorizations, approvals, franchises and other rights from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal, state, local and foreign authorities, all self-regulatory authorities and all courts and other tribunals (each, an "Authorization") to (a) carry on its business as it is currently being ------------- conducted and as described in the Offering Memorandum and (b) own, lease, license and operate its respective properties in accordance with its business as currently conducted, except for such Authorization the failure to maintain would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) no reason to believe that any governmental body or agency, domestic or foreign, is considering limiting, suspending or revoking any such Authorization. Except where the failure to be in full force and effect and in compliance would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company and each of its subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Authorizations and with the rules and regulations of the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction with respect to such Authorizations. All leases to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party are valid and binding, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, 12 insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought and no default by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto has occurred and is continuing thereunder, other than defaults that would not, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. (17) The Company and each of its subsidiaries owns, possesses or has the right to employ all patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") necessary to conduct the businesses operated by it --------------------- as described in the Offering Memorandum. The Company has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with (and neither knows of any such infringement or a conflict with) asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing that, if such assertion of infringement or conflict were sustained, would result in a Material Adverse Effect. The use of the Intellectual Property in connection with the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any person. (18) All tax returns required to be filed by the Company and each of its subsidiaries have been filed (or extensions have been obtained) in all jurisdictions where such returns are required to be filed; and all taxes, including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities or that are due and payable have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which reserves have been provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or those currently payable without penalty or interest. To the knowledge of the Company there are no material proposed additional tax assessments against any of them or their subsidiaries or their assets or property. (19) None of the Company or its subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment ---------- Company Act"), or analogous foreign laws and regulations. ----------- (20) There are no holders of securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who have the right to request or demand that the Company or any of its subsidiaries register under the Act or analogous foreign laws and regulations any of such securities held by any such holders, other than as 13 provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement. (21) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of its financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for its assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. (22) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintains insurance covering its properties, assets, operations, personnel and businesses, and such insurance is of such type and in such amounts in accordance with customary industry practice to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their businesses. The Company has not received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that any material capital improvements or other material expenditures will have to be made in order to continue any insurance maintained by any of them other than capital improvements and other expenditures that have been budgeted by the Company or its subsidiaries, as the case may be. (23) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Act) has (A) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might reasonably be expected to, cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes or (B) since February 1, 1998, (x) sold, bid for, purchased or paid any person any compensation for soliciting purchases of the Notes in a manner that would require registration of the Notes under the Act or (y) paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company in a manner that would require registration of the Notes under the Act. (24) No registration under the Act of the Notes is required for the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers as contemplated by this Agreement or for the Exempt Resales, assuming in each case that (A) the purchasers who buy the Notes in the Exempt Resales are Eligible Purchasers and (B) the accuracy of and compliance with the Initial Purchasers' representations, warranties and covenants contained in Section 4(B) of this Agreement. No form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Act) was used by the Company or any of their representatives in connection with 14 the offer and sale of any of the Notes or in connection with Exempt Resales, including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising. (25) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Operative Documents and the sale of the Notes and the Exchange Notes to be purchased by the Eligible Purchasers will not involve any prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406(a) of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation made by the Company in the preceding sentence is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of, and compliance with, the representations and covenants made or deemed made by the Eligible Purchasers as set forth in the Offering Memorandum under the caption "Transfer Restrictions." (26) The Offering Memorandum, as of its date, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of its date, contains the information specified in, and meets the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. (27) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum, except as otherwise expressly set forth therein, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries had any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, that were not set forth in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1997, or in the notes thereto. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum and up to the Closing Date, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Offering Memorandum, (a) none of the Company or its subsidiaries has (1) incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, that are not in the ordinary course of business that would, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or (2) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business, (b) there has not been any event or development in respect of the business, development or financial condition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid, or made by either the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any class of its capital stock, and (d) there has not been any change in the long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries. (28) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (nor any agent acting on behalf of the Company) has taken, and none of them will take, any action that might cause this 15 Agreement or the issuance or sale of the Notes or Exchange Notes to violate Regulation G (12 C.F.R. Part 207), Regulation T (12 C.F.R. Part 220), Regulation U (12 C.F.R. Part 221) or Regulation X (12 C.F.R. Part 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or analogous foreign laws and regulations, in each case as in effect, or as the same may hereafter be in effect, on the Closing Date. (29) The accountants who have certified the audited financial statements included as part of the Offering Memorandum are independent accountants within the meaning of the Act. The historical financial statements of the Company comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements applicable to registration statements on Form S-3 under the Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Company at the respective dates and for the respective periods indicated. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented (except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum) and comply as to form with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act. All other financial and statistical information and data included in the Offering Memorandum are accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements and the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries. (30) The Company is not and, upon consummation of the sale of the Notes, will not be (A) "insolvent" as that term is defined in Section 101(32) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") (11 --------------- U.S.C. (S) 101(32)), Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act ("UFTA") or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act ("UFCA"), ----- ---- (B) an entity with "unreasonably small capital" as that term is used in Section 548(a)(2)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 5 of the UFCA, (C) engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which its remaining property is "unreasonably small" in relation to the business or transaction as that term is used in Section 4 of the UFTA or (D) unable to pay its debts as they mature or become due, within the meaning of Section 548(a)(2)(B)(iii) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA and Section 6 of the UFCA. The Company now owns and upon sale of the Notes hereunder will own assets having a value both at "fair valuation" and at "present fair saleable value" greater than the amount required to pay its "debts" as they become due as such terms are used in Section 2 of the UFTA and Section 2 of the UFCA. (31) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any other person other than the Initial Purchasers that would give rise to a 16 valid claim against the Company or the Initial Purchasers for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or like payment in connection with the issuance, purchase and sale of the Notes or Exchange Notes. (32) The statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that the Company believe to be reliable and accurate. (33) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Offering Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith. (34) Each certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Initial Purchasers or counsel for the Initial Purchasers pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Initial Purchasers as to the matters covered by such certificate. The Company acknowledges that the Initial Purchasers and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the various attorneys acting as counsel to the Company and counsel to the Initial Purchasers, will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and the Company hereby consents to such reliance. (B) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and covenants to the Company that it is a QIB with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as are necessary in order to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the securities. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees with the Company that (i) it has not and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Notes by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act and (ii) it has and will solicit offers for the Notes only from, and will offer the Notes only to, (x) persons whom the Initial Purchaser reasonably believes to be QIBs or, if any such person is buying for one or more institutional accounts for which such person is acting as fiduciary or agent, only when such person has represented to such Initial Purchaser that each such account is a QIB to whom notice has been given that such sale or delivery is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, and, in each case, in transactions under Rule 144A, or (y) persons other than U.S. persons outside the U.S. in reliance on Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, 17 represents and warrants to the Company that (i) it will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Notes or has in its possession or distributes the Offering Memorandum; (ii) it understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and (iii) it agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sales of all Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Notes from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect: The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that the source of funds being used by it to acquire the Notes does not include the assets of any "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) or any "plan" (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code). Each Initial Purchaser understands that the Company and, for purposes of the opinion to be delivered to them pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof, counsel to the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and the Initial Purchasers hereby consent to such reliance. 5. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, each person, if any, who controls such Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, the agents, employees, officers and directors of such Initial Purchaser and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling person from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all reasonable 18 amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Memorandum, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, -------- ------- that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company by that Initial Purchaser expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have, including, but not limited to, liability under this Agreement. If any action is brought against an Initial Purchaser or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Initial Purchaser or such person shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of the institution of such action and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses, provided, however, that the omission to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which they may have to such Initial Purchaser or any such person or otherwise. Such Initial Purchaser shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the such Initial Purchaser unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party in connection with the defense of such action or the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying party and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) in any one action or series of related actions in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such claim or 19 action effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchaser and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days' prior notice of its intention to settle and the proposed terms thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. (b) Each Initial Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each of its agents, employees, officers and directors and the agents, employees, officers and directors of such controlling person from and against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever and any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) to which they or either of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to such Initial 20 Purchaser furnished to the Company by that Initial Purchaser in writing expressly for use therein. The Company and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the information set forth in Section 8 is the only information furnished in writing by the Initial Purchasers to the Company expressly for use in the Offering Memorandum. If any action is brought against the Company or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Initial Purchaser pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Company or such person shall promptly notify that Initial Purchaser in writing of the institution of such action and the Initial Purchaser shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses, provided, however, that the omission to so notify the Initial Purchaser shall not relieve the Initial Purchaser from any liability which they may have to the Company or any such person or otherwise. The Company or such person shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company or such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Initial Purchaser in connection with the defense of such action or the Initial Purchaser shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Initial Purchaser (in which case the Initial Purchaser shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but the Initial Purchaser may employ counsel and participate in the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Initial Purchaser), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the Initial Purchaser and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the Initial Purchaser shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel in any one action or series of related actions in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action). Anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the Initial Purchaser shall not be liable for any settlement of any such claim or action effected without the written consent of the Initial Purchaser but if settled with the written consent of the Initial Purchaser, the Initial Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the 21 aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days' prior notice of its intention to settle and the proposed terms thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. 6. CONTRIBUTION. In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement is for any reason held to be unavailable from the indemnifying party, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under Section 5 of this Agreement, the Company and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action or any claims asserted) to which the Company and the Initial Purchasers may be subject (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, from the Offering or, (ii) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the Offering (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and (y) the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Initial Purchasers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission. 22 The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, (i) in no case shall an Initial Purchaser be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount and commissions applicable to the Notes purchased by such Initial Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement exceeds the amount of any damages that the Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Initial Purchaser, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 6, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 6 or otherwise; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with -------- ------- respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 5 for purposes of indemnification. No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent; provided, -------- however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld. - ------- 7. CONDITIONS OF INITIAL PURCHASERS' OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions prior to or concurrently with such purchase: (a) All of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date. The Company shall have performed or complied with all of the agreements contained in this Agreement and required to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing Date. (b) No stop order suspending the qualification or 23 exemption from qualification of the Notes in any jurisdiction shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been commenced or shall be pending or threatened. (c) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Exchange Offer; no action, suit or proceeding shall have been commenced and be pending against or affecting or, to the best knowledge of the Company threatened against the Company before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official that, if adversely determined, would result in a Material Adverse Effect. (d) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum, except as expressly set forth therein, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries had any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, that were not set forth in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1997 or in the notes thereto. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum and up to the Closing Date, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Offering Memorandum, (a) none of the Company or its subsidiaries has (1) incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, that would, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or (2) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business, and (b) there has not been any event or development in respect of the business, development or financial condition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. (e) The Initial Purchasers shall have received certificates, dated the Closing Date, signed by (i) the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company confirming, as of the Closing Date, the matters set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7. (f) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion (satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers), dated the Closing Date, of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, counsel for the Company, to the effect that: (i) the Company and each of Standard Pacific Savings, F.A. ("Savings"), Standard Pacific of Texas, Inc., Standard Pacific of Orange County, Inc., and Standard Pacific of Fullerton, Inc. 24 (together, the "Subsidiaries") have been duly organized and are validly existing as corporations; (ii) the Indenture and the Notes conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Memorandum; (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company; (iv) the Indenture has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject (A) to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, arrangement and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights, including, without limitation, the effect of statutory or other law regarding fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers and preferential transfers, and (B) to the limitations imposed by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); (v) the Notes are in the form contemplated by the Indenture, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action and, when executed and authenticated as specified in the Indenture and delivered against payment pursuant to this Agreement, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms,subject (A) to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, arrangement and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights, including, without limitation, the effect of statutory or other law regarding fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers and preferential transfers, and (B) to the limitations imposed by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); and the purchase and sale of the Notes in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes will not violate the provisions of 25 Section 1 of Article XV of the Constitution of the State of California; (vi) the issuance, offering and sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the compliance by the Company with the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Operative Documents and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated do not (A) require the consent, approval, authorization, registration or qualification of or with any governmental authority, except such as have been obtained, such as may be required under the Act as to which such counsel need express no opinion in this clause and such as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws, or (B) any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; (vii) the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms subject (A) to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, arrangement and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights, including, without limitation, the effect of statutory or other law regarding fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers and preferential transfers, and (B) to the limitations imposed by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); (viii) the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered in exchange for Notes in accordance with the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms subject (A) to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, arrangement and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights, including, without limitation, the effect of statutory or other law regarding fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers and preferential transfers, and (B) to the limitations imposed by general principles of equity (regardless of 26 whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); (ix) the statements under the caption "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations" in the Offering Memorandum, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present in all material respects such legal matters, documents and proceedings; (x) The Company is not or, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Notes and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum, will not be, an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (xi) the Indenture complies as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the TIA, and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder. It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with the Exempt Resales to qualify the Indenture under the TIA; and (xii) no registration under the Act of the Notes is required for the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers as contemplated by this Agreement or for the Exempt Resales assuming (i) that the Initial Purchasers are QIBs, (ii) the accuracy of, and compliance with, the Initial Purchasers' representations and agreements contained in Section 4(B) of this Agreement and (iii) the accuracy of the representations of the Company set forth in the second sentence of Section 4(A)(24) of this Agreement. Such counsel shall also state that nothing has come to their attention which causes them to believe that the Offering Memorandum, as of its date or the date of such opinion, included or includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except that no comment need be made concerning the financial statements and other financial information contained or incorporated by reference therein). (g) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion (satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers), dated the 27 Closing Date, of Clay A. Halvorsen, Esq., General Counsel of the Company, to the effect that: (i) the Company and each of the Subsidiaries other than Savings (as to which no opinion need be expressed) are in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, and are duly qualified to transact business as foreign corporations and are in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction identified in a certificate of the Company, executed by the President and the Vice President-Finance of the Company, as being jurisdictions in which any of such entities owns or leases property, maintains or has an office or is engaged in the business of developing real property, building and selling homes, except where the failure to be so qualified would not result in material liability or disability to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) to the best knowledge of such counsel, the issued shares of the capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries are owned beneficially by the Company free and clear of any other security interests, liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; (iii) the Company and each of the Subsidiaries have the corporate power to own or lease their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses as described in the Offering Memorandum, and the Company has the corporate power to enter into this Agreement and to carry out all the terms and provisions thereof to be carried out by it; (iv) the Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, and the issued shares of capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and are owned of record by the Company; (v) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are entitled as such to any preemptive or other rights to subscribe for any of the Notes; (vi) to the best knowledge of such counsel, (A) no legal or governmental proceedings are pending to which the Company or any of its 28 subsidiaries is a party or to which the property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that are required to be described in the Offering Memorandum and are not described therein and no such proceedings have been threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or with respect to any of their respective properties, and (B) no contract or other document is required to be described in the Offering Memorandum that is not described therein as required; (vii) the issuance, offering and sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the compliance by the Company with the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Operative Documents and the consummation of the other transactions herein and therein contemplated do not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties are bound, which is identified in the Officers' Certificate as being material to the business of the Company, or any judgment, decree or order of any court or other governmental authority or any arbitrator known to such counsel and applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (B) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of the charter documents or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (viii) to such counsel's knowledge, and except for the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company (except as described in the Offering Memorandum) or to require the Company to include such securities with the Notes registered pursuant to any Registration Statement. Such counsel shall also state that nothing has come to his attention which causes him to believe that the Offering Memorandum, as of its date or the date of such opinion, included or includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which 29 they were made, not misleading (except that no comment need be made concerning the financial statements and other financial information contained or incorporated by reference therein). (h) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion (satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial Purchasers) dated the Closing Date of O'Melveny & Myers LLP, special counsel to the Initial Purchasers, covering substantially such matters as are customarily covered in such opinions. (i) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a "comfort letter" from Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants for the Company dated as of the date of this Agreement, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers. In addition, as of the Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers shall have received a "bring-down comfort letter" from Arthur Andersen LLP in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers covering the same items and matters as covered in the "comfort letter" but as of a date that is not more than three days prior to the date thereof. (j) The Notes shall have been approved as eligible for trading in the PORTAL market, subject to official notice of issuance. (k) Between the time of execution of this Agreement and the time of purchase of the Notes, there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of (i) any intended or potential downgrading or (ii) any review or possible change that does not indicate an improvement or reaffirmation, in the rating accorded any securities of or guaranteed by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization", as that term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act. (l) The Initial Purchasers shall have been furnished with certified copies of such documents as they may reasonably request. (m) O'Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel to the Initial Purchasers, shall have been furnished with such documents as they may reasonably request to enable them to review or pass upon the matters referred to in this Section 7 and in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or satisfaction in all material respects of any of the representations, warranties or conditions contained in this Agreement. If any of the conditions specified in this Section 7 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by 30 the Initial Purchasers on notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the Company shall reimburse the Initial Purchasers for all of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable expense of Initial Purchasers' counsel, incurred by the Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding any such termination, the provisions of Sections 3(e), 5, 6, 9, 10(d) and 13 shall remain in effect. The Company's obligation under this Agreement to sell the Notes to the Initial Purchasers on the Closing Date is subject to the Initial Purchasers purchasing and paying for all of the Notes. 8. INITIAL PURCHASERS' INFORMATION. The Company and the Initial Purchasers severally acknowledge that the statements set forth in (i) the first paragraph on page 3 concerning stabilization activities by the Initial Purchasers; and (ii) the statements concerning the Initial Purchasers contained in the third paragraph and the fourth and fifth sentences of the fourth paragraph under the caption "Plan of Distribution" in the Offering Memorandum constitute the only information furnished in writing by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use in the Offering Memorandum. 9. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS. All representations and warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, including the agreements contained in Sections 3(e) and 10(d), the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 and the contribution agreements contained in Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any controlling person thereof or by or on behalf of the Company or any controlling person of any thereof, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Notes to and by the Initial Purchasers. The representations contained in Section 4 and the agreements contained in Sections 3(e), 5, 6, 10(d) and 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, including pursuant to Sections 7 and 10. 10. EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT; TERMINATION. (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. (b) The Initial Purchasers shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date by notice to the Company from the Initial Purchasers, without liability of any party to any other party (other than as provided in Section 10(d) and with respect to Sections 5 and 6) if, on or prior to such date, (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable to perform in any material respect any agreement on 31 its part to be performed under this Agreement, (ii) any other condition of the obligations of the Initial Purchasers under this Agreement as provided in Section 7 is not fulfilled when and as required in any material respect, (iii) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum prices shall have been established on such exchange by the Commission, or by such exchange or other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (iv) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by U.S. federal or New York authorities, (v) there is an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity on or after the date of this Agreement, or if there has been a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, the effect of which shall be, in the Initial Purchasers' judgment, to make it inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Memorandum or (vi) there shall have been such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions or the effect (or potential effect if the financial markets in the United States have not yet opened) of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such as, in the Initial Purchasers' judgment, to make it inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Memorandum. (c) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 10 shall be given at the address specified in Section 11 below by telephone, telex, telephonic facsimile or telegraph, confirmed in writing by letter. (d) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any clause of Section 10(b), or if the sale of the Notes provided for in this Agreement is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in this Agreement is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement in this Agreement or comply with any provision of this Agreement, the Company will, subject to demand by the Initial Purchasers, reimburse the Initial Purchasers for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers' counsel) incurred in connection with this Agreement. 11. NOTICE. All communications with respect to or under this Agreement, except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, shall be in writing and, if sent to the Initial Purchasers, shall be mailed, delivered, or telexed, telegraphed or telecopied and confirmed in writing to SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., 535 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (telephone: (212) 906-7000), Attention: Corporate Finance Department, telecopy number: (212) 593-0164; and if sent to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered or telexed, telegraphed or 32 telecopied and confirmed in writing to Standard Pacific Corp., 1565 West MacArthur Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; (iii) when answered back, if telexed; (iv) when receipt acknowledged if telecopied; and (v) on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 12. PARTIES. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Initial Purchasers and the Company and the controlling persons and agents referred to in Sections 5 and 6, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term "successors and assigns" shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity ---------------------- as such, of Notes from the Initial Purchasers. 13. CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to any provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law) and each of the parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the U.S. Federal Courts sitting in the City of New York for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Initial Purchasers to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any other jurisdiction. 14. CAPTIONS. The captions included in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and are not to be considered a part of this Agreement. 15. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in various counterparts and by the parties to this Agreement in separate counterparty, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 16. MISCELLANEOUS. SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Swiss Bank Corporation, is not a bank and is separate from any affiliated bank, including any U.S. branch or agency of Swiss Bank Corporation. Because SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. is a separately incorporated entity, it is solely responsible for its own contractual obligations and commitments, including obligations with respect to sales purchases of securities. Securities sold, offered or recommended 33 by SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. are not deposits, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, are not guaranteed by a branch or agency, and are not otherwise an obligation or responsibility of a branch or agency. A lending affiliate of SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. may have lending relationships with issuers of securities underwritten or privately placed by SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. To the extent required under the securities laws, prospectuses and other disclosure documents for securities underwritten or privately placed by SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. will disclose the existence of any such lending relationships and whether the proceeds of the issue will be used to repay debts owed to affiliates of SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. Without our prior written approval, the U.S. branches and agencies of Swiss Bank Corporation will not share with SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. any non- public information concerning you, and SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. will not share any non-public information received from us with any of such U.S. branches and agencies of Swiss Bank Corporation. 34 If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Company and the Initial Purchasers, please so indicate in the space provided below for the purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. By:________________________________ Name: Title: S-1 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written: SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC. By:____________________________ Name: Title: By:____________________________ Name: Title: BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS By:____________________________ Name: Title: DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION By:____________________________ Name: Title: S-2 SCHEDULE 1 ----------
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF INITIAL PURCHASERS NOTES - ------------------ ---------------- SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc..................... $ 40,000,000 BancAmerica Robertson Stephens.................. 30,000,000 Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation........................ 30,000,000 ----------- $ 100,000,000
Exhibit A --------- Form of Registration Rights Agreement A-1 EX-4.8 3 FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT 4.8 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 IN EXCHANGE FOR 8% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 OF STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THIS EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON _________, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED The Exchange Agent is United States Trust Company of New York, whose mailing address, facsimile number and telephone number are as follows:
By Hand up to 4:30 PM: By Overnight Courier and by Hand after 4:30 PM: United States Trust Company of New York United States Trust Company of New York 111 Broadway 770 Broadway, 13th Floor Lower Level New York, New York 10003 Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services New York, New York 10006
By Facsimile: United States Trust Company of New York Fax: (212) 780-0592 Confirm by Telephone: (800) 548-6565 Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this Letter of Transmittal via facsimile to a number other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes") either if Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Old Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by United States Trust Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent") at The Depository Trust Company (the "DTC") pursuant to the procedures set forth in "THE EXCHANGE OFFER--Procedures for Tendering" in the Prospectus (as defined herein). Holders of Old Notes whose certificates (the "Certificates") for such Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus) or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "THE EXCHANGE OFFER--Procedures for Tendering" in the Prospectus. If any tendered Old Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, or if Certificates are submitted for more Old Notes than are tendered or accepted for exchange, Certificates for such nonexchanged or nontendered Old Notes will be returned (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained at DTC), without expenses to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus). DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY 2 The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
================================================================================================================== DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TENDERED - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NAME AND ADDRESS OF REGISTERED HOLDER AS IT APPEARS ON THE PRIVATELY PLACED 8% CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) OF OLD PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 ("OLD NOTES") NOTES TRANSMITTED NOTES TRANSMITTED - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ================================================================================
(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY) [_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: Name of Tendering Institution______________________________________________ Account Number_____________________________________________________________ Transaction Code Number____________________________________________________ [_] CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: Name of Registered Holder(s)_______________________________________________ Window Ticket Number (if any)______________________________________________ Date of Execution of Notice Guaranteed Delivery____________________________ Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery______________________________ If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made By Book-Entry Transfer: Name of Tendering Institution______________________________________________ Account Number_____________________________________________________________ Transaction Code Number____________________________________________________ [_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ANY NON-EXCHANGED OLD NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE. 3 Ladies and Gentlemen: 1. The undersigned hereby agrees to exchange the aggregate principal amount of privately placed 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Old Notes") for a like principal amount of 8% Series A Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Notes") of Standard Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Registration Statement") and the accompanying Prospectus dated ___________, 1998 included therein (the "Prospectus"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. 2. The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from February 10, 1998. Accordingly, the undersigned will forgo accrued but unpaid interest on his, her or its Old Notes that are exchanged for Notes, but will receive such interest under the Notes. 3. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he, she or it has full authority to tender the Old Notes described above. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange of the Old Notes. 4. The undersigned understands that the tender of the Old Notes pursuant to all of the procedures set forth in the Prospectus will constitute an agreement between the undersigned and the Company as to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. 5. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (i) is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and (ii) is acquiring the Notes in the ordinary course of the business of the undersigned and, if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, that the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Notes. 6. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer, (i) it hereby represents and warrants that it acquired the Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and (ii) it hereby acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Notes received hereby. Neither the acknowledgment contained in the foregoing sentence nor the delivery of such a prospectus shall be deemed an admission that the undersigned is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. 7. Any obligation of the undersigned hereunder, shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal and personal representatives of the undersigned. 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTION 1) To be completed ONLY IF the Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned at an address other than that provided above: Name____________________________________________________________________________ (PLEASE PRINT) Address_________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE ZIP CODE) Telephone No.:__________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE AREA CODE) Mail to: Name____________________________________________________________________________ (PLEASE PRINT) Address_________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE ZIP CODE) Telephone No.:__________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE AREA CODE) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIGNATURE ________________________________________________________________________________ (NAME OF REGISTERED HOLDER) By:_____________________________________________________________________________ Name:___________________________________________________________________________ Title:__________________________________________________________________________ (Must be signed by registered holder exactly as name appears on Certificates for Old Notes or on the register of holders of Old Notes maintained by United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee for the Old Notes (the "Trustee"), or any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith (including such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as may be required by the Trustee to comply with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes). If signature is by trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.) Address:________________________________________________________________________ Telephone No.:__________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE AREA CODE) Taxpayer Identification No.:____________________________________________________ Signature Guaranteed By:________________________________________________________ (SEE INSTRUCTION 1) Title:__________________________________________________________________________ Name of Institution:____________________________________________________________ Address_________________________________________________________________________ Telephone No.:__________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE AREA CODE) Date:___________________________________________________________________________ PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW, WHICH FORM A PART OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 6 INSTRUCTIONS 1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a firm that is a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company having an office in the United States which is a member of a recognized Medallion Signature Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc. (an "Eligible Institution") unless (i) the "Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions" above have not been completed or (ii) the Old Notes described above are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. 2. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed either if (a) Certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (b) tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in "THE EXCHANGE OFFER--Procedures for Tendering" in the Prospectus. Certificates, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. Old Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in the principal amount of integral multiples of $1,000. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE RESPECTIVE HOLDER. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL (WITH RETURN RECEIPT), PROPERLY INSURED, IS SUGGESTED. 3. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. Registered holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis may effect a tender if: (a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution; (b) Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) substantially in the form made available by the Company; and (c) Such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), as well as the Certificate(s) (or a Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus)) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to registered holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above. 4. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than a registered holder of any Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear on the Old Notes. If this Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond power is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted. 5. EXCHANGE OF OLD NOTES ONLY. Only the above-described Old Notes may be exchanged for Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 7 6. PARTIAL TENDERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of integral multiples of $1,000. Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time. a written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission of such notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, and (if Certificates for Old Notes have been tendered) the name of the registered holder of the Old Notes as set forth on the Certificate for the Old Notes, if different from that of the person who tendered such Old Notes. If Certificates for the Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then prior to the physical release of such Certificates for the Old Notes, the tendering holder must submit the serial numbers shown on the particular Certificates for the Old Notes to be withdrawn and the signature on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, except in the case of Old Notes tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under "THE EXCHANGE OFFER--Procedures for Tendering," the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the DTC to be credited with the withdrawal of Old Notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the Exchange Agent by written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded. Old Notes properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the Expiration Date by following any of the procedures described in the Prospectus under "THE EXCHANGE OFFER--Procedures for Tendering." 7. MISCELLANEOUS. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be resolved by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any irregularities in connection with tenders or consents must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company nor the Exchange Agent shall be under any duty to give notification of defects in such tenders or shall incur liabilities for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder thereof. 8 IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION Under current Federal income tax law, an Old Noteholder whose tendered Old Notes are accepted for payment generally is required to provide the Exchange Agent (as agent for the payer) with his or her correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 below. If such Old Noteholder is an individual, the TIN is his or her social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the Old Noteholder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, payments that are made to such Old Noteholders with respect to Notes exchanged pursuant to the Offer may be subject to backup withholding. Certain Old Noteholders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) may not be subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt Old Noteholders should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, that Old Noteholder must submit a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to his or her exempt status. Such statements can be obtained from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional instructions. If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 31 percent of any such payments made to the Old Noteholder. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. PURPOSE OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 To prevent backup withholding on payments that are made to an Old Noteholder with respect to Old Notes exchanged pursuant to the Offer, each Old Noteholder is required to notify the Exchange Agent of his, her or its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 below certifying the TIN provided on such form is correct (or that such Old Noteholder is awaiting a TIN) and that (1) the Old Noteholder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (2) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the Old Noteholder that he, she or it is no longer subject to backup withholding. WHAT NUMBER TO GIVE THE EXCHANGE AGENT The Old Noteholder is required to give the Exchange Agent the social security number or employer identification number of the record owner of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidelines on which number to report. 9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 1--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE --------------------------------- BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND Social Security Number DATING BELOW. OR --------------------------------- SUBSTITUTE Employer Identification Number -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Form W-9 PART 2--Certificate Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: Department of the Treasury (1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me) and Internal Revenue Service (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject PAYER'S REQUEST FOR to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (c) TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding. NUMBER (TIN) Certification Instructions--You must cross out Item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out such Item (2). -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Part 3 SIGNATURE:________________________________ DATE:_________________________ Awaiting TIN [_] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31 PERCENT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED "GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9" FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART THREE OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number within sixty (60) days, 31 percent of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a number. _______________________________________ _______________________________ Signature Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 EX-5.1 4 OPINION OF GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP EXHIBIT 5.1 [LETTERHEAD OF GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP] March 13, 1998 Standard Pacific Corp. C 87007-01344 1565 MacArthur Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Re: Standard Pacific Corp. - Registration Statement on Form S-4 Gentlemen: We have acted as counsel for Standard Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the registration by the Company of its 8% Series A Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Notes") pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). The Company proposes to offer the Notes in exchange for its outstanding 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Old Notes"), sold to SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers") for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Act. On the basis of such investigation as we have deemed necessary, we are of the opinion that (i) the Notes have been duly authorized and (ii) when issued and exchanged pursuant to the Registration Statement and exhibits thereto, will constitute validly issued and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and by general principles of equity (whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading "Legal Matters" contained in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement. Very truly yours, /s/ Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP EX-12.1 5 STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS. EXHIBIT 12.1 STANDARD PACIFIC CORP. RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES--CONTINUING OPERATIONS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- Fixed charges: Total interest incurred..... $ 17,026 $16,687 $ 19,200 $ 19,600 $ 21,146 Interest factor in lease rentals.................... 400 400 400 400 400 -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- Fixed charges............... $ 17,426 $17,087 $ 19,600 $ 20,000 $ 21,546 ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== Earnings and adjustments: Income from continuing operations before income taxes...................... $ 41,046 $12,948 $(37,247) $ 11,200 $ (1,617) Add (deduct): Depreciation and amortization............. 586 555 231 298 181 Noncash charges(1)........ -- -- 46,491 -- 3,100 Income from unconsolidated joint ventures........... (3,787) (4,708) (6,953) (4,234) -- Cash distributions from joint ventures........... 1,197 7,950 6,000 -- -- Fixed charges, above...... 17,426 17,087 19,600 20,000 21,546 Capitalized interest...... (12,044) (9,545) (17,340) (19,600) (21,146) Amortization of previously capitalized interest..... 23,475 16,920 27,638 33,069 20,069 -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- Adjusted earnings........... $ 67,899 $41,207 $ 38,420 $ 40,733 $ 22,133 ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== Ratio of earnings to fixed charges.................... 3.90 2.41 1.96 2.04 1.03 ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
- -------- (1) The $46.5 million noncash charge recorded in 1995 represents a pretax charge to operations for the Company's adoption of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121. In 1993, the Company recorded a $3.1 million noncash charge against operations to writedown certain projects to their estimated net realizable values. EX-23.2 6 CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP EXHIBIT 23.2 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To Standard Pacific Corp.: As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this registration statement. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Orange County, California March 12, 1998 EX-25.1 7 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY OF TRUSTEE EXHIBIT 25.1 FORM T-1 ============================================== SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 __________________ STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE __________________ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(B)(2) _______ __________________ UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter) New York 13-3818954 (Jurisdiction of incorporation (I.R.S. employer if not a U.S. national bank) identification No.) 114 West 47th Street 10036-1532 New York, NY (Zip Code) (Address of principal executive offices) __________________ Standard Pacific Corp. (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter) Delaware 33-0475989 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer incorporation or organization) identification No.) 1565 West MacArthur Blvd. Costa Mesa, CA 92626 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) __________________ 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (Title of the indenture securities) ============================================== - 2 - GENERAL 1. General Information ------------------- Furnish the following information as to the trustee: (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject. Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New York (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C. New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. 2. Affiliations with the Obligor ----------------------------- If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation. None 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15: Standard Pacific Corp. currently is not in default under any of its outstanding securities for which United States Trust Company of New York is Trustee. Accordingly, responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of Form T-1 are not required under General Instruction B. 16. List of Exhibits ---------------- T-1.1 -- Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by the State of New York Banking Department to transact business as a Trust Company, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to Form T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056). T-1.2 -- Included in Exhibit T-1.1. T-1.3 -- Included in Exhibit T-1.1. - 3 - 16. List of Exhibits ---------------- (cont'd) T-1.4 -- The By-Laws of United States Trust Company of New York, as amended, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.4 to Form T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056). T-1.6 -- The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990. T-1.7 -- A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority. NOTE ==== As of February 24, 1998, the trustee had 2,999,020 shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent company, U.S. Trust Corporation. The term "trustee" in Item 2, refers to each of United States Trust Company of New York and its parent company, U.S. Trust Corporation. In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility as to matters peculiarly within the knowledge of the obligor or its directors, the trustee has relied upon information furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on information to be furnished by the obligor and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information. __________________ Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee, United States Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 24th day of February, 1998. UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, Trustee By: /s/ JOHN GUILIANO ------------------------------- John Guiliano Vice President Exhibit T-1.6 ------------- The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. United States Trust Company of New York 114 West 47th Street New York, NY 10036 September 1, 1995 Securities and Exchange Commission 450 5th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20549 Gentlemen: Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and subject to the limitations set forth therein, United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S. Trust") hereby consents that reports of examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor. Very truly yours, UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK By: /s/ GERARD F. GANEY ---------------------------------- Gerard F. Ganey Senior Vice President EXHIBIT T-1.7 UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION December 31, 1997 ----------------- (IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS - ------ Cash and Due from Banks $ 80,246 Short-Term Investments 386,006 Securities, Available for Sale 661,596 Loans 1,774,551 Less: Allowance for Credit Losses 16,202 ---------- Net Loans 1,758,349 Premises and Equipment 61,477 Other Assets 124,499 ---------- Total Assets $3,072,173 ========== LIABILITIES - ----------- Deposits: Non-Interest Bearing $ 686,507 Interest Bearing 1,773,254 ---------- Total Deposits 2,459,761 Short-Term Credit Facilities 295,342 Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 149,775 ---------- Total Liabilities $2,904,878 ========== STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY - -------------------- Common Stock 14,995 Capital Surplus 49,541 Retained Earnings 100,235 Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale, Net of Taxes 2,524 ---------- Total Stockholder's Equity 167,295 ---------- Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity $3,072,173 ==========
I, Richard E. Brinkmann, Senior Vice President & Comptroller of the named bank do hereby declare that this Statement of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief. Richard E. Brinkman, SVP & Controller February 9, 1998 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----